1 /* ELF linking support for BFD.
2 Copyright 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
27 #include "safe-ctype.h"
28 #include "libiberty.h"
31 _bfd_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
35 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
36 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
37 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
40 /* This function may be called more than once. */
41 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
42 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
45 switch (bed
->s
->arch_size
)
56 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
60 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
62 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".got");
64 || !bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
)
65 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, ptralign
))
68 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
70 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".got.plt");
72 || !bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
)
73 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, ptralign
))
77 if (bed
->want_got_sym
)
79 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the .got
80 (or .got.plt) section. We don't do this in the linker script
81 because we don't want to define the symbol if we are not creating
82 a global offset table. */
84 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
85 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
86 bed
->got_symbol_offset
, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
, &bh
)))
88 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
91 h
->other
= STV_HIDDEN
;
93 if (! info
->executable
94 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
97 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
100 /* The first bit of the global offset table is the header. */
101 s
->size
+= bed
->got_header_size
+ bed
->got_symbol_offset
;
106 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
108 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
110 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
112 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
113 if (hash_table
->dynobj
== NULL
)
114 hash_table
->dynobj
= abfd
;
116 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
118 hash_table
->dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
119 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
125 /* Create some sections which will be filled in with dynamic linking
126 information. ABFD is an input file which requires dynamic sections
127 to be created. The dynamic sections take up virtual memory space
128 when the final executable is run, so we need to create them before
129 addresses are assigned to the output sections. We work out the
130 actual contents and size of these sections later. */
133 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
136 register asection
*s
;
137 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
138 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
139 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
141 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
144 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
147 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
150 abfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
151 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
153 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
155 /* A dynamically linked executable has a .interp section, but a
156 shared library does not. */
157 if (info
->executable
)
159 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".interp");
161 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
| SEC_READONLY
))
165 if (! info
->traditional_format
)
167 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".eh_frame_hdr");
169 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
| SEC_READONLY
)
170 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 2))
172 elf_hash_table (info
)->eh_info
.hdr_sec
= s
;
175 /* Create sections to hold version informations. These are removed
176 if they are not needed. */
177 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".gnu.version_d");
179 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
| SEC_READONLY
)
180 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
183 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".gnu.version");
185 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
| SEC_READONLY
)
186 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 1))
189 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".gnu.version_r");
191 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
| SEC_READONLY
)
192 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
195 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".dynsym");
197 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
| SEC_READONLY
)
198 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
201 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".dynstr");
203 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
| SEC_READONLY
))
206 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
208 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
)
209 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
212 /* The special symbol _DYNAMIC is always set to the start of the
213 .dynamic section. We could set _DYNAMIC in a linker script, but we
214 only want to define it if we are, in fact, creating a .dynamic
215 section. We don't want to define it if there is no .dynamic
216 section, since on some ELF platforms the start up code examines it
217 to decide how to initialize the process. */
218 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), "_DYNAMIC",
219 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
222 /* Zap symbol defined in an as-needed lib that wasn't linked.
223 This is a symptom of a larger problem: Absolute symbols
224 defined in shared libraries can't be overridden, because we
225 lose the link to the bfd which is via the symbol section. */
226 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
229 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
230 (info
, abfd
, "_DYNAMIC", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
231 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
233 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
235 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
237 if (! info
->executable
238 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
241 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".hash");
243 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
| SEC_READONLY
)
244 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
246 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
248 /* Let the backend create the rest of the sections. This lets the
249 backend set the right flags. The backend will normally create
250 the .got and .plt sections. */
251 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
254 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
= TRUE
;
259 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
262 _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
264 flagword flags
, pltflags
;
266 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
268 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
269 .rel[a].bss sections. */
270 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
273 if (bed
->plt_not_loaded
)
274 /* We do not clear SEC_ALLOC here because we still want the OS to
275 allocate space for the section; it's just that there's nothing
276 to read in from the object file. */
277 pltflags
&= ~ (SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
279 pltflags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
;
280 if (bed
->plt_readonly
)
281 pltflags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
283 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".plt");
285 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, pltflags
)
286 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->plt_alignment
))
289 if (bed
->want_plt_sym
)
291 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
293 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
294 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
296 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
297 (info
, abfd
, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
,
298 FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
300 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
302 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
304 if (! info
->executable
305 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
309 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
,
310 bed
->default_use_rela_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt");
312 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
| SEC_READONLY
)
313 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
316 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
319 if (bed
->want_dynbss
)
321 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
322 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
323 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
324 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
325 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
326 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
327 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".dynbss");
329 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
))
332 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
333 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
334 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
335 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
336 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
337 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
338 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
339 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
340 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
341 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
345 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
,
346 (bed
->default_use_rela_p
347 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"));
349 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
| SEC_READONLY
)
350 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
358 /* Record a new dynamic symbol. We record the dynamic symbols as we
359 read the input files, since we need to have a list of all of them
360 before we can determine the final sizes of the output sections.
361 Note that we may actually call this function even though we are not
362 going to output any dynamic symbols; in some cases we know that a
363 symbol should be in the dynamic symbol table, but only if there is
367 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
368 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
370 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
372 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
377 /* XXX: The ABI draft says the linker must turn hidden and
378 internal symbols into STB_LOCAL symbols when producing the
379 DSO. However, if ld.so honors st_other in the dynamic table,
380 this would not be necessary. */
381 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
385 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
386 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
396 h
->dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
397 ++elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
399 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
402 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
403 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
408 /* We don't put any version information in the dynamic string
410 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
411 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
413 /* We know that the p points into writable memory. In fact,
414 there are only a few symbols that have read-only names, being
415 those like _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ that are created specially
416 by the backends. Most symbols will have names pointing into
417 an ELF string table read from a file, or to objalloc memory. */
420 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, p
!= NULL
);
425 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
427 h
->dynstr_index
= indx
;
433 /* Record an assignment to a symbol made by a linker script. We need
434 this in case some dynamic object refers to this symbol. */
437 bfd_elf_record_link_assignment (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
438 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
442 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
444 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
447 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
451 /* Since we're defining the symbol, don't let it seem to have not
452 been defined. record_dynamic_symbol and size_dynamic_sections
453 may depend on this. */
454 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
455 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
457 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
459 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
!= NULL
|| htab
->root
.undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
460 bfd_link_repair_undef_list (&htab
->root
);
461 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
464 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
467 /* If this symbol is being provided by the linker script, and it is
468 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular
469 object, then mark it as undefined so that the generic linker will
470 force the correct value. */
474 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
476 /* If this symbol is not being provided by the linker script, and it is
477 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular object,
478 then clear out any version information because the symbol will not be
479 associated with the dynamic object any more. */
483 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= NULL
;
492 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
495 /* If this is a weak defined symbol, and we know a corresponding
496 real symbol from the same dynamic object, make sure the real
497 symbol is also made into a dynamic symbol. */
498 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
499 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
501 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
509 /* Record a new local dynamic symbol. Returns 0 on failure, 1 on
510 success, and 2 on a failure caused by attempting to record a symbol
511 in a discarded section, eg. a discarded link-once section symbol. */
514 bfd_elf_link_record_local_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
519 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
520 struct elf_link_hash_table
*eht
;
521 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
522 unsigned long dynstr_index
;
524 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
525 char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
527 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
530 /* See if the entry exists already. */
531 for (entry
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
532 if (entry
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& entry
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
535 amt
= sizeof (*entry
);
536 entry
= bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
540 /* Go find the symbol, so that we can find it's name. */
541 if (!bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
,
542 1, input_indx
, &entry
->isym
, esym
, &eshndx
))
544 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
548 if (entry
->isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
549 && (entry
->isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
550 || entry
->isym
.st_shndx
> SHN_HIRESERVE
))
554 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, entry
->isym
.st_shndx
);
555 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
557 /* We can still bfd_release here as nothing has done another
558 bfd_alloc. We can't do this later in this function. */
559 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
564 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
565 (input_bfd
, elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
,
566 entry
->isym
.st_name
));
568 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
571 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
572 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
577 dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, FALSE
);
578 if (dynstr_index
== (unsigned long) -1)
580 entry
->isym
.st_name
= dynstr_index
;
582 eht
= elf_hash_table (info
);
584 entry
->next
= eht
->dynlocal
;
585 eht
->dynlocal
= entry
;
586 entry
->input_bfd
= input_bfd
;
587 entry
->input_indx
= input_indx
;
590 /* Whatever binding the symbol had before, it's now local. */
592 = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (entry
->isym
.st_info
));
594 /* The dynindx will be set at the end of size_dynamic_sections. */
599 /* Return the dynindex of a local dynamic symbol. */
602 _bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
606 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
608 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
609 if (e
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& e
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
614 /* This function is used to renumber the dynamic symbols, if some of
615 them are removed because they are marked as local. This is called
616 via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
619 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
622 size_t *count
= data
;
624 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
625 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
627 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
628 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
633 /* Return true if the dynamic symbol for a given section should be
634 omitted when creating a shared library. */
636 _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
637 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
640 switch (elf_section_data (p
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
644 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
645 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
647 if (strcmp (p
->name
, ".got") == 0
648 || strcmp (p
->name
, ".got.plt") == 0
649 || strcmp (p
->name
, ".plt") == 0)
652 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
655 && (ip
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, p
->name
)) != NULL
656 && (ip
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
657 && ip
->output_section
== p
)
662 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
663 against any other section. */
669 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
670 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come all of
671 the back-end allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest of
672 the global symbols. */
675 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
677 unsigned long dynsymcount
= 0;
681 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
683 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
684 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
685 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
686 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
687 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
690 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
692 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*p
;
693 for (p
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
694 p
->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
697 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
698 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms
,
701 /* There is an unused NULL entry at the head of the table which
702 we must account for in our count. Unless there weren't any
703 symbols, which means we'll have no table at all. */
704 if (dynsymcount
!= 0)
707 return elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
710 /* This function is called when we want to define a new symbol. It
711 handles the various cases which arise when we find a definition in
712 a dynamic object, or when there is already a definition in a
713 dynamic object. The new symbol is described by NAME, SYM, PSEC,
714 and PVALUE. We set SYM_HASH to the hash table entry. We set
715 OVERRIDE if the old symbol is overriding a new definition. We set
716 TYPE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for the type to change. We set
717 SIZE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for the size to change. By OK to
718 change, we mean that we shouldn't warn if the type or size does
722 _bfd_elf_merge_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
723 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
725 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
728 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
,
730 bfd_boolean
*override
,
731 bfd_boolean
*type_change_ok
,
732 bfd_boolean
*size_change_ok
)
734 asection
*sec
, *oldsec
;
735 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
736 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*flip
;
739 bfd_boolean newdyn
, olddyn
, olddef
, newdef
, newdyncommon
, olddyncommon
;
740 bfd_boolean newweak
, oldweak
;
746 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
);
748 if (! bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
749 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
751 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
752 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
757 /* This code is for coping with dynamic objects, and is only useful
758 if we are doing an ELF link. */
759 if (info
->hash
->creator
!= abfd
->xvec
)
762 /* For merging, we only care about real symbols. */
764 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
765 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
766 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
768 /* If we just created the symbol, mark it as being an ELF symbol.
769 Other than that, there is nothing to do--there is no merge issue
770 with a newly defined symbol--so we just return. */
772 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
778 /* OLDBFD and OLDSEC are a BFD and an ASECTION associated with the
781 switch (h
->root
.type
)
788 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
789 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
790 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
794 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
795 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
796 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
797 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
800 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
801 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
802 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
806 /* In cases involving weak versioned symbols, we may wind up trying
807 to merge a symbol with itself. Catch that here, to avoid the
808 confusion that results if we try to override a symbol with
809 itself. The additional tests catch cases like
810 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which are regular symbols defined in a
811 dynamic object, which we do want to handle here. */
813 && ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
817 /* NEWDYN and OLDDYN indicate whether the new or old symbol,
818 respectively, is from a dynamic object. */
820 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
826 olddyn
= (oldbfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
831 /* This code handles the special SHN_MIPS_{TEXT,DATA} section
832 indices used by MIPS ELF. */
833 switch (h
->root
.type
)
839 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
840 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
841 hsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
844 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
845 hsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
852 olddyn
= (hsec
->symbol
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0;
855 /* NEWDEF and OLDDEF indicate whether the new or old symbol,
856 respectively, appear to be a definition rather than reference. */
858 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
) || bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
863 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
864 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
865 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
870 /* Check TLS symbol. */
871 if ((ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
|| h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
872 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
)
875 bfd_boolean ntdef
, tdef
;
876 asection
*ntsec
, *tsec
;
878 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
898 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
899 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
900 tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, ntsec
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
901 else if (!tdef
&& !ntdef
)
902 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
903 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
904 tbfd
, ntbfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
906 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
907 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
908 tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
910 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
911 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
912 tbfd
, ntbfd
, ntsec
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
914 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
918 /* We need to remember if a symbol has a definition in a dynamic
919 object or is weak in all dynamic objects. Internal and hidden
920 visibility will make it unavailable to dynamic objects. */
921 if (newdyn
&& !h
->dynamic_def
)
923 if (!bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
927 /* Check if this symbol is weak in all dynamic objects. If it
928 is the first time we see it in a dynamic object, we mark
929 if it is weak. Otherwise, we clear it. */
932 if (bind
== STB_WEAK
)
935 else if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
940 /* If the old symbol has non-default visibility, we ignore the new
941 definition from a dynamic object. */
943 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
944 && !bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
947 /* Make sure this symbol is dynamic. */
949 /* A protected symbol has external availability. Make sure it is
952 FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
953 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
954 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
959 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
962 /* If the new symbol with non-default visibility comes from a
963 relocatable file and the old definition comes from a dynamic
964 object, we remove the old definition. */
965 if ((*sym_hash
)->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
968 if ((h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
969 && bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
971 /* If the new symbol is undefined and the old symbol was
972 also undefined before, we need to make sure
973 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol doesn't mess
974 up the linker hash table undefs list. Since the old
975 definition came from a dynamic object, it is still on the
977 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
978 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
982 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
983 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
992 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
998 /* Differentiate strong and weak symbols. */
999 newweak
= bind
== STB_WEAK
;
1000 oldweak
= (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
1001 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
1003 /* If a new weak symbol definition comes from a regular file and the
1004 old symbol comes from a dynamic library, we treat the new one as
1005 strong. Similarly, an old weak symbol definition from a regular
1006 file is treated as strong when the new symbol comes from a dynamic
1007 library. Further, an old weak symbol from a dynamic library is
1008 treated as strong if the new symbol is from a dynamic library.
1009 This reflects the way glibc's ld.so works.
1011 Do this before setting *type_change_ok or *size_change_ok so that
1012 we warn properly when dynamic library symbols are overridden. */
1014 if (newdef
&& !newdyn
&& olddyn
)
1016 if (olddef
&& newdyn
)
1019 /* It's OK to change the type if either the existing symbol or the
1020 new symbol is weak. A type change is also OK if the old symbol
1021 is undefined and the new symbol is defined. */
1026 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
))
1027 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1029 /* It's OK to change the size if either the existing symbol or the
1030 new symbol is weak, or if the old symbol is undefined. */
1033 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
1034 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1036 /* NEWDYNCOMMON and OLDDYNCOMMON indicate whether the new or old
1037 symbol, respectively, appears to be a common symbol in a dynamic
1038 object. If a symbol appears in an uninitialized section, and is
1039 not weak, and is not a function, then it may be a common symbol
1040 which was resolved when the dynamic object was created. We want
1041 to treat such symbols specially, because they raise special
1042 considerations when setting the symbol size: if the symbol
1043 appears as a common symbol in a regular object, and the size in
1044 the regular object is larger, we must make sure that we use the
1045 larger size. This problematic case can always be avoided in C,
1046 but it must be handled correctly when using Fortran shared
1049 Note that if NEWDYNCOMMON is set, NEWDEF will be set, and
1050 likewise for OLDDYNCOMMON and OLDDEF.
1052 Note that this test is just a heuristic, and that it is quite
1053 possible to have an uninitialized symbol in a shared object which
1054 is really a definition, rather than a common symbol. This could
1055 lead to some minor confusion when the symbol really is a common
1056 symbol in some regular object. However, I think it will be
1062 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1063 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1065 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_FUNC
)
1066 newdyncommon
= TRUE
;
1068 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1072 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1074 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1075 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1077 && h
->type
!= STT_FUNC
)
1078 olddyncommon
= TRUE
;
1080 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1082 /* If both the old and the new symbols look like common symbols in a
1083 dynamic object, set the size of the symbol to the larger of the
1088 && sym
->st_size
!= h
->size
)
1090 /* Since we think we have two common symbols, issue a multiple
1091 common warning if desired. Note that we only warn if the
1092 size is different. If the size is the same, we simply let
1093 the old symbol override the new one as normally happens with
1094 symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
1096 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
)
1097 (info
, h
->root
.root
.string
, oldbfd
, bfd_link_hash_common
,
1098 h
->size
, abfd
, bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
)))
1101 if (sym
->st_size
> h
->size
)
1102 h
->size
= sym
->st_size
;
1104 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1107 /* If we are looking at a dynamic object, and we have found a
1108 definition, we need to see if the symbol was already defined by
1109 some other object. If so, we want to use the existing
1110 definition, and we do not want to report a multiple symbol
1111 definition error; we do this by clobbering *PSEC to be
1112 bfd_und_section_ptr.
1114 We treat a common symbol as a definition if the symbol in the
1115 shared library is a function, since common symbols always
1116 represent variables; this can cause confusion in principle, but
1117 any such confusion would seem to indicate an erroneous program or
1118 shared library. We also permit a common symbol in a regular
1119 object to override a weak symbol in a shared object. */
1124 || (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
1126 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_FUNC
))))
1130 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1132 *psec
= sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
1133 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1135 /* If we get here when the old symbol is a common symbol, then
1136 we are explicitly letting it override a weak symbol or
1137 function in a dynamic object, and we don't want to warn about
1138 a type change. If the old symbol is a defined symbol, a type
1139 change warning may still be appropriate. */
1141 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1142 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1145 /* Handle the special case of an old common symbol merging with a
1146 new symbol which looks like a common symbol in a shared object.
1147 We change *PSEC and *PVALUE to make the new symbol look like a
1148 common symbol, and let _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol will do
1152 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1156 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1157 *pvalue
= sym
->st_size
;
1158 *psec
= sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
1159 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1162 /* If the old symbol is from a dynamic object, and the new symbol is
1163 a definition which is not from a dynamic object, then the new
1164 symbol overrides the old symbol. Symbols from regular files
1165 always take precedence over symbols from dynamic objects, even if
1166 they are defined after the dynamic object in the link.
1168 As above, we again permit a common symbol in a regular object to
1169 override a definition in a shared object if the shared object
1170 symbol is a function or is weak. */
1175 || (bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1177 || h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)))
1182 /* Change the hash table entry to undefined, and let
1183 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the right thing with the
1186 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1187 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1188 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1191 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1193 /* We again permit a type change when a common symbol may be
1194 overriding a function. */
1196 if (bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1197 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1199 if ((*sym_hash
)->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1202 /* This union may have been set to be non-NULL when this symbol
1203 was seen in a dynamic object. We must force the union to be
1204 NULL, so that it is correct for a regular symbol. */
1205 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1208 /* Handle the special case of a new common symbol merging with an
1209 old symbol that looks like it might be a common symbol defined in
1210 a shared object. Note that we have already handled the case in
1211 which a new common symbol should simply override the definition
1212 in the shared library. */
1215 && bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1218 /* It would be best if we could set the hash table entry to a
1219 common symbol, but we don't know what to use for the section
1220 or the alignment. */
1221 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
)
1222 (info
, h
->root
.root
.string
, oldbfd
, bfd_link_hash_common
,
1223 h
->size
, abfd
, bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
)))
1226 /* If the presumed common symbol in the dynamic object is
1227 larger, pretend that the new symbol has its size. */
1229 if (h
->size
> *pvalue
)
1232 /* FIXME: We no longer know the alignment required by the symbol
1233 in the dynamic object, so we just wind up using the one from
1234 the regular object. */
1237 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1239 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1240 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1242 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1243 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1245 if ((*sym_hash
)->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1248 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1253 /* Handle the case where we had a versioned symbol in a dynamic
1254 library and now find a definition in a normal object. In this
1255 case, we make the versioned symbol point to the normal one. */
1256 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1257 flip
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1258 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1259 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) flip
;
1260 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (bed
, flip
, h
);
1261 flip
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1265 flip
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1272 /* This function is called to create an indirect symbol from the
1273 default for the symbol with the default version if needed. The
1274 symbol is described by H, NAME, SYM, PSEC, VALUE, and OVERRIDE. We
1275 set DYNSYM if the new indirect symbol is dynamic. */
1278 _bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1279 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1280 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1282 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1285 bfd_boolean
*dynsym
,
1286 bfd_boolean override
)
1288 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
1289 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
1292 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1293 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1294 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1295 bfd_boolean collect
;
1296 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
1298 size_t len
, shortlen
;
1301 /* If this symbol has a version, and it is the default version, we
1302 create an indirect symbol from the default name to the fully
1303 decorated name. This will cause external references which do not
1304 specify a version to be bound to this version of the symbol. */
1305 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1306 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1311 /* We are overridden by an old definition. We need to check if we
1312 need to create the indirect symbol from the default name. */
1313 hi
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
,
1315 BFD_ASSERT (hi
!= NULL
);
1318 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1319 || hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1321 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1327 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1328 collect
= bed
->collect
;
1329 dynamic
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1331 shortlen
= p
- name
;
1332 shortname
= bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, shortlen
+ 1);
1333 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1335 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1336 shortname
[shortlen
] = '\0';
1338 /* We are going to create a new symbol. Merge it with any existing
1339 symbol with this name. For the purposes of the merge, act as
1340 though we were defining the symbol we just defined, although we
1341 actually going to define an indirect symbol. */
1342 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1343 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1345 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &sec
, value
,
1346 &hi
, &skip
, &override
, &type_change_ok
,
1356 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1357 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
, bfd_ind_section_ptr
,
1358 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1360 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1364 /* In this case the symbol named SHORTNAME is overriding the
1365 indirect symbol we want to add. We were planning on making
1366 SHORTNAME an indirect symbol referring to NAME. SHORTNAME
1367 is the name without a version. NAME is the fully versioned
1368 name, and it is the default version.
1370 Overriding means that we already saw a definition for the
1371 symbol SHORTNAME in a regular object, and it is overriding
1372 the symbol defined in the dynamic object.
1374 When this happens, we actually want to change NAME, the
1375 symbol we just added, to refer to SHORTNAME. This will cause
1376 references to NAME in the shared object to become references
1377 to SHORTNAME in the regular object. This is what we expect
1378 when we override a function in a shared object: that the
1379 references in the shared object will be mapped to the
1380 definition in the regular object. */
1382 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1383 || hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1384 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1386 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1387 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1391 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1395 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hi
))
1400 /* Now set HI to H, so that the following code will set the
1401 other fields correctly. */
1405 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
1406 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error to
1407 the user in that case. */
1409 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1411 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ht
;
1413 ht
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1414 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (bed
, ht
, hi
);
1416 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol must
1428 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
1434 /* We also need to define an indirection from the nondefault version
1438 len
= strlen (name
);
1439 shortname
= bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, len
);
1440 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1442 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1443 memcpy (shortname
+ shortlen
, p
+ 1, len
- shortlen
);
1445 /* Once again, merge with any existing symbol. */
1446 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1447 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1449 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &sec
, value
,
1450 &hi
, &skip
, &override
, &type_change_ok
,
1459 /* Here SHORTNAME is a versioned name, so we don't expect to see
1460 the type of override we do in the case above unless it is
1461 overridden by a versioned definition. */
1462 if (hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1463 && hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1464 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1465 (_("%B: unexpected redefinition of indirect versioned symbol `%s'"),
1471 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1472 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
1473 bfd_ind_section_ptr
, 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1475 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1477 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
1478 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error
1479 to the user in that case. */
1481 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1483 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (bed
, h
, hi
);
1485 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol
1497 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
1507 /* This routine is used to export all defined symbols into the dynamic
1508 symbol table. It is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1511 _bfd_elf_export_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1513 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= data
;
1515 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
1516 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1519 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1520 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1522 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
1526 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
1527 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
1529 for (t
= eif
->verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
1531 if (t
->globals
.list
!= NULL
)
1533 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->globals
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1538 if (t
->locals
.list
!= NULL
)
1540 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->locals
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1549 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
1560 /* Look through the symbols which are defined in other shared
1561 libraries and referenced here. Update the list of version
1562 dependencies. This will be put into the .gnu.version_r section.
1563 This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1566 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1569 struct elf_find_verdep_info
*rinfo
= data
;
1570 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1571 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1574 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1575 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1577 /* We only care about symbols defined in shared objects with version
1582 || h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
)
1585 /* See if we already know about this version. */
1586 for (t
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->output_bfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1588 if (t
->vn_bfd
!= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
1591 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1592 if (a
->vna_nodename
== h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
)
1598 /* This is a new version. Add it to tree we are building. */
1603 t
= bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->output_bfd
, amt
);
1606 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1610 t
->vn_bfd
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
;
1611 t
->vn_nextref
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
1612 elf_tdata (rinfo
->output_bfd
)->verref
= t
;
1616 a
= bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->output_bfd
, amt
);
1618 /* Note that we are copying a string pointer here, and testing it
1619 above. If bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section is ever changed to
1620 discard the string data when low in memory, this will have to be
1622 a
->vna_nodename
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
;
1624 a
->vna_flags
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_flags
;
1625 a
->vna_nextptr
= t
->vn_auxptr
;
1627 h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
= rinfo
->vers
;
1630 a
->vna_other
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
1637 /* Figure out appropriate versions for all the symbols. We may not
1638 have the version number script until we have read all of the input
1639 files, so until that point we don't know which symbols should be
1640 local. This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1643 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1645 struct elf_assign_sym_version_info
*sinfo
;
1646 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
1647 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1648 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
1655 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1656 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1658 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
1661 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, &eif
))
1664 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1668 /* We only need version numbers for symbols defined in regular
1670 if (!h
->def_regular
)
1673 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sinfo
->output_bfd
);
1674 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1675 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
1677 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
1682 /* There are two consecutive ELF_VER_CHR characters if this is
1683 not a hidden symbol. */
1685 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
1691 /* If there is no version string, we can just return out. */
1699 /* Look for the version. If we find it, it is no longer weak. */
1700 for (t
= sinfo
->verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
1702 if (strcmp (t
->name
, p
) == 0)
1706 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
1708 len
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
1709 alc
= bfd_malloc (len
);
1712 memcpy (alc
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len
- 1);
1713 alc
[len
- 1] = '\0';
1714 if (alc
[len
- 2] == ELF_VER_CHR
)
1715 alc
[len
- 2] = '\0';
1717 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
1721 if (t
->globals
.list
!= NULL
)
1722 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->globals
, NULL
, alc
);
1724 /* See if there is anything to force this symbol to
1726 if (d
== NULL
&& t
->locals
.list
!= NULL
)
1728 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->locals
, NULL
, alc
);
1732 && ! info
->export_dynamic
)
1733 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1741 /* If we are building an application, we need to create a
1742 version node for this version. */
1743 if (t
== NULL
&& info
->executable
)
1745 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**pp
;
1748 /* If we aren't going to export this symbol, we don't need
1749 to worry about it. */
1750 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
1754 t
= bfd_zalloc (sinfo
->output_bfd
, amt
);
1757 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1762 t
->name_indx
= (unsigned int) -1;
1766 /* Don't count anonymous version tag. */
1767 if (sinfo
->verdefs
!= NULL
&& sinfo
->verdefs
->vernum
== 0)
1769 for (pp
= &sinfo
->verdefs
; *pp
!= NULL
; pp
= &(*pp
)->next
)
1771 t
->vernum
= version_index
;
1775 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
1779 /* We could not find the version for a symbol when
1780 generating a shared archive. Return an error. */
1781 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1782 (_("%B: undefined versioned symbol name %s"),
1783 sinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1784 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1785 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1793 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
1795 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& sinfo
->verdefs
!= NULL
)
1797 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
1798 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*local_ver
;
1799 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
1801 /* See if can find what version this symbol is in. If the
1802 symbol is supposed to be local, then don't actually register
1805 for (t
= sinfo
->verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
1807 if (t
->globals
.list
!= NULL
)
1809 bfd_boolean matched
;
1813 while ((d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->globals
, d
,
1814 h
->root
.root
.string
)) != NULL
)
1819 /* There is a version without definition. Make
1820 the symbol the default definition for this
1822 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
1830 /* There is no undefined version for this symbol. Hide the
1832 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1835 if (t
->locals
.list
!= NULL
)
1838 while ((d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->locals
, d
,
1839 h
->root
.root
.string
)) != NULL
)
1842 /* If the match is "*", keep looking for a more
1843 explicit, perhaps even global, match.
1844 XXX: Shouldn't this be !d->wildcard instead? */
1845 if (d
->pattern
[0] != '*' || d
->pattern
[1] != '\0')
1854 if (local_ver
!= NULL
)
1856 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= local_ver
;
1857 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1
1859 && ! info
->export_dynamic
)
1861 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1869 /* Read and swap the relocs from the section indicated by SHDR. This
1870 may be either a REL or a RELA section. The relocations are
1871 translated into RELA relocations and stored in INTERNAL_RELOCS,
1872 which should have already been allocated to contain enough space.
1873 The EXTERNAL_RELOCS are a buffer where the external form of the
1874 relocations should be stored.
1876 Returns FALSE if something goes wrong. */
1879 elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (bfd
*abfd
,
1881 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
1882 void *external_relocs
,
1883 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
1885 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1886 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
1887 const bfd_byte
*erela
;
1888 const bfd_byte
*erelaend
;
1889 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
1890 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
1893 /* Position ourselves at the start of the section. */
1894 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
1897 /* Read the relocations. */
1898 if (bfd_bread (external_relocs
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != shdr
->sh_size
)
1901 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
1902 nsyms
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
1904 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1906 /* Convert the external relocations to the internal format. */
1907 if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
1908 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
1909 else if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
1910 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
1913 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
1917 erela
= external_relocs
;
1918 erelaend
= erela
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
1919 irela
= internal_relocs
;
1920 while (erela
< erelaend
)
1924 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
1925 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
1926 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
1928 if ((size_t) r_symndx
>= nsyms
)
1930 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1931 (_("%B: bad reloc symbol index (0x%lx >= 0x%lx)"
1932 " for offset 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
1934 (unsigned long) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
, irela
->r_offset
);
1935 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1938 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
1939 erela
+= shdr
->sh_entsize
;
1945 /* Read and swap the relocs for a section O. They may have been
1946 cached. If the EXTERNAL_RELOCS and INTERNAL_RELOCS arguments are
1947 not NULL, they are used as buffers to read into. They are known to
1948 be large enough. If the INTERNAL_RELOCS relocs argument is NULL,
1949 the return value is allocated using either malloc or bfd_alloc,
1950 according to the KEEP_MEMORY argument. If O has two relocation
1951 sections (both REL and RELA relocations), then the REL_HDR
1952 relocations will appear first in INTERNAL_RELOCS, followed by the
1953 REL_HDR2 relocations. */
1956 _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
1958 void *external_relocs
,
1959 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
1960 bfd_boolean keep_memory
)
1962 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
1963 void *alloc1
= NULL
;
1964 Elf_Internal_Rela
*alloc2
= NULL
;
1965 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1967 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= NULL
)
1968 return elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
;
1970 if (o
->reloc_count
== 0)
1973 rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr
;
1975 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
1979 size
= o
->reloc_count
;
1980 size
*= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
1982 internal_relocs
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1984 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= bfd_malloc (size
);
1985 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
1989 if (external_relocs
== NULL
)
1991 bfd_size_type size
= rel_hdr
->sh_size
;
1993 if (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
)
1994 size
+= elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
->sh_size
;
1995 alloc1
= bfd_malloc (size
);
1998 external_relocs
= alloc1
;
2001 if (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, rel_hdr
,
2005 if (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
2006 && (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section
2008 elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
,
2009 ((bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
) + rel_hdr
->sh_size
,
2010 internal_relocs
+ (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
)
2011 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
))))
2014 /* Cache the results for next time, if we can. */
2016 elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2021 /* Don't free alloc2, since if it was allocated we are passing it
2022 back (under the name of internal_relocs). */
2024 return internal_relocs
;
2034 /* Compute the size of, and allocate space for, REL_HDR which is the
2035 section header for a section containing relocations for O. */
2038 _bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2039 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
2042 bfd_size_type reloc_count
;
2043 bfd_size_type num_rel_hashes
;
2045 /* Figure out how many relocations there will be. */
2046 if (rel_hdr
== &elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr
)
2047 reloc_count
= elf_section_data (o
)->rel_count
;
2049 reloc_count
= elf_section_data (o
)->rel_count2
;
2051 num_rel_hashes
= o
->reloc_count
;
2052 if (num_rel_hashes
< reloc_count
)
2053 num_rel_hashes
= reloc_count
;
2055 /* That allows us to calculate the size of the section. */
2056 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* reloc_count
;
2058 /* The contents field must last into write_object_contents, so we
2059 allocate it with bfd_alloc rather than malloc. Also since we
2060 cannot be sure that the contents will actually be filled in,
2061 we zero the allocated space. */
2062 rel_hdr
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, rel_hdr
->sh_size
);
2063 if (rel_hdr
->contents
== NULL
&& rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2066 /* We only allocate one set of hash entries, so we only do it the
2067 first time we are called. */
2068 if (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
== NULL
2071 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**p
;
2073 p
= bfd_zmalloc (num_rel_hashes
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
2077 elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
= p
;
2083 /* Copy the relocations indicated by the INTERNAL_RELOCS (which
2084 originated from the section given by INPUT_REL_HDR) to the
2088 _bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2089 asection
*input_section
,
2090 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
,
2091 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
2093 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2094 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
;
2096 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*output_rel_hdr
;
2097 asection
*output_section
;
2098 unsigned int *rel_countp
= NULL
;
2099 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2100 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
2102 output_section
= input_section
->output_section
;
2103 output_rel_hdr
= NULL
;
2105 if (elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_hdr
.sh_entsize
2106 == input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2108 output_rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_hdr
;
2109 rel_countp
= &elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_count
;
2111 else if (elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_hdr2
2112 && (elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_hdr2
->sh_entsize
2113 == input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
))
2115 output_rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_hdr2
;
2116 rel_countp
= &elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_count2
;
2120 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2121 (_("%B: relocation size mismatch in %B section %A"),
2122 output_bfd
, input_section
->owner
, input_section
);
2123 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_object_format
);
2127 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
2128 if (input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
2129 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
2130 else if (input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
2131 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
2135 erel
= output_rel_hdr
->contents
;
2136 erel
+= *rel_countp
* input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2137 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2138 irelaend
= irela
+ (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
2139 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2140 while (irela
< irelaend
)
2142 (*swap_out
) (output_bfd
, irela
, erel
);
2143 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2144 erel
+= input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2147 /* Bump the counter, so that we know where to add the next set of
2149 *rel_countp
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
2154 /* Fix up the flags for a symbol. This handles various cases which
2155 can only be fixed after all the input files are seen. This is
2156 currently called by both adjust_dynamic_symbol and
2157 assign_sym_version, which is unnecessary but perhaps more robust in
2158 the face of future changes. */
2161 _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2162 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
)
2164 /* If this symbol was mentioned in a non-ELF file, try to set
2165 DEF_REGULAR and REF_REGULAR correctly. This is the only way to
2166 permit a non-ELF file to correctly refer to a symbol defined in
2167 an ELF dynamic object. */
2170 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2171 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2173 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2174 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2177 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2181 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2182 && (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2183 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
))
2186 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2192 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2196 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2205 /* Unfortunately, NON_ELF is only correct if the symbol
2206 was first seen in a non-ELF file. Fortunately, if the symbol
2207 was first seen in an ELF file, we're probably OK unless the
2208 symbol was defined in a non-ELF file. Catch that case here.
2209 FIXME: We're still in trouble if the symbol was first seen in
2210 a dynamic object, and then later in a non-ELF regular object. */
2211 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2212 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2214 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2215 ? (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2216 != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
2217 : (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
2218 && !h
->def_dynamic
)))
2222 /* If this is a final link, and the symbol was defined as a common
2223 symbol in a regular object file, and there was no definition in
2224 any dynamic object, then the linker will have allocated space for
2225 the symbol in a common section but the DEF_REGULAR
2226 flag will not have been set. */
2227 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2231 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
2234 /* If -Bsymbolic was used (which means to bind references to global
2235 symbols to the definition within the shared object), and this
2236 symbol was defined in a regular object, then it actually doesn't
2237 need a PLT entry. Likewise, if the symbol has non-default
2238 visibility. If the symbol has hidden or internal visibility, we
2239 will force it local. */
2241 && eif
->info
->shared
2242 && is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
)
2243 && (eif
->info
->symbolic
2244 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
2247 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2248 bfd_boolean force_local
;
2250 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
);
2252 force_local
= (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
2253 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
);
2254 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, force_local
);
2257 /* If a weak undefined symbol has non-default visibility, we also
2258 hide it from the dynamic linker. */
2259 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
2260 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2262 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2263 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
);
2264 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2267 /* If this is a weak defined symbol in a dynamic object, and we know
2268 the real definition in the dynamic object, copy interesting flags
2269 over to the real definition. */
2270 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2272 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weakdef
;
2274 weakdef
= h
->u
.weakdef
;
2275 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2276 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2278 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2279 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2280 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2281 || weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2282 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->def_dynamic
);
2284 /* If the real definition is defined by a regular object file,
2285 don't do anything special. See the longer description in
2286 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, below. */
2287 if (weakdef
->def_regular
)
2288 h
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
2291 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2293 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
);
2294 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (bed
, weakdef
, h
);
2301 /* Make the backend pick a good value for a dynamic symbol. This is
2302 called via elf_link_hash_traverse, and also calls itself
2306 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2308 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= data
;
2310 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2312 if (! is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
))
2315 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2317 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_offset
;
2318 h
->got
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_offset
;
2320 /* When warning symbols are created, they **replace** the "real"
2321 entry in the hash table, thus we never get to see the real
2322 symbol in a hash traversal. So look at it now. */
2323 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2326 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2327 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2330 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2331 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, eif
))
2334 /* If this symbol does not require a PLT entry, and it is not
2335 defined by a dynamic object, or is not referenced by a regular
2336 object, ignore it. We do have to handle a weak defined symbol,
2337 even if no regular object refers to it, if we decided to add it
2338 to the dynamic symbol table. FIXME: Do we normally need to worry
2339 about symbols which are defined by one dynamic object and
2340 referenced by another one? */
2345 && (h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
|| h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1))))
2347 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_offset
;
2351 /* If we've already adjusted this symbol, don't do it again. This
2352 can happen via a recursive call. */
2353 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
2356 /* Don't look at this symbol again. Note that we must set this
2357 after checking the above conditions, because we may look at a
2358 symbol once, decide not to do anything, and then get called
2359 recursively later after REF_REGULAR is set below. */
2360 h
->dynamic_adjusted
= 1;
2362 /* If this is a weak definition, and we know a real definition, and
2363 the real symbol is not itself defined by a regular object file,
2364 then get a good value for the real definition. We handle the
2365 real symbol first, for the convenience of the backend routine.
2367 Note that there is a confusing case here. If the real definition
2368 is defined by a regular object file, we don't get the real symbol
2369 from the dynamic object, but we do get the weak symbol. If the
2370 processor backend uses a COPY reloc, then if some routine in the
2371 dynamic object changes the real symbol, we will not see that
2372 change in the corresponding weak symbol. This is the way other
2373 ELF linkers work as well, and seems to be a result of the shared
2376 I will clarify this issue. Most SVR4 shared libraries define the
2377 variable _timezone and define timezone as a weak synonym. The
2378 tzset call changes _timezone. If you write
2379 extern int timezone;
2381 int main () { tzset (); printf ("%d %d\n", timezone, _timezone); }
2382 you might expect that, since timezone is a synonym for _timezone,
2383 the same number will print both times. However, if the processor
2384 backend uses a COPY reloc, then actually timezone will be copied
2385 into your process image, and, since you define _timezone
2386 yourself, _timezone will not. Thus timezone and _timezone will
2387 wind up at different memory locations. The tzset call will set
2388 _timezone, leaving timezone unchanged. */
2390 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2392 /* If we get to this point, we know there is an implicit
2393 reference by a regular object file via the weak symbol H.
2394 FIXME: Is this really true? What if the traversal finds
2395 H->U.WEAKDEF before it finds H? */
2396 h
->u
.weakdef
->ref_regular
= 1;
2398 if (! _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (h
->u
.weakdef
, eif
))
2402 /* If a symbol has no type and no size and does not require a PLT
2403 entry, then we are probably about to do the wrong thing here: we
2404 are probably going to create a COPY reloc for an empty object.
2405 This case can arise when a shared object is built with assembly
2406 code, and the assembly code fails to set the symbol type. */
2408 && h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
2410 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2411 (_("warning: type and size of dynamic symbol `%s' are not defined"),
2412 h
->root
.root
.string
);
2414 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
;
2415 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
2416 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2425 /* Adjust all external symbols pointing into SEC_MERGE sections
2426 to reflect the object merging within the sections. */
2429 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2433 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2434 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2436 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2437 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2438 && ((sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
2439 && sec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
2441 bfd
*output_bfd
= data
;
2443 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
=
2444 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
,
2445 &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
2446 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
2447 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
2453 /* Returns false if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
2454 to resolve local to the current module, and true if it should be
2455 considered to bind dynamically. */
2458 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2459 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2460 bfd_boolean ignore_protected
)
2462 bfd_boolean binding_stays_local_p
;
2467 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2468 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2469 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2471 /* If it was forced local, then clearly it's not dynamic. */
2472 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2474 if (h
->forced_local
)
2477 /* Identify the cases where name binding rules say that a
2478 visible symbol resolves locally. */
2479 binding_stays_local_p
= info
->executable
|| info
->symbolic
;
2481 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2488 /* Proper resolution for function pointer equality may require
2489 that these symbols perhaps be resolved dynamically, even though
2490 we should be resolving them to the current module. */
2491 if (!ignore_protected
|| h
->type
!= STT_FUNC
)
2492 binding_stays_local_p
= TRUE
;
2499 /* If it isn't defined locally, then clearly it's dynamic. */
2500 if (!h
->def_regular
)
2503 /* Otherwise, the symbol is dynamic if binding rules don't tell
2504 us that it remains local. */
2505 return !binding_stays_local_p
;
2508 /* Return true if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
2509 to resolve local to the current module, and false otherwise. Differs
2510 from (the inverse of) _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p in the treatment of
2511 undefined symbols and weak symbols. */
2514 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2515 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2516 bfd_boolean local_protected
)
2518 /* If it's a local sym, of course we resolve locally. */
2522 /* Common symbols that become definitions don't get the DEF_REGULAR
2523 flag set, so test it first, and don't bail out. */
2524 if (ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
2526 /* If we don't have a definition in a regular file, then we can't
2527 resolve locally. The sym is either undefined or dynamic. */
2528 else if (!h
->def_regular
)
2531 /* Forced local symbols resolve locally. */
2532 if (h
->forced_local
)
2535 /* As do non-dynamic symbols. */
2536 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2539 /* At this point, we know the symbol is defined and dynamic. In an
2540 executable it must resolve locally, likewise when building symbolic
2541 shared libraries. */
2542 if (info
->executable
|| info
->symbolic
)
2545 /* Now deal with defined dynamic symbols in shared libraries. Ones
2546 with default visibility might not resolve locally. */
2547 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
2550 /* However, STV_HIDDEN or STV_INTERNAL ones must be local. */
2551 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
2554 /* STV_PROTECTED non-function symbols are local. */
2555 if (h
->type
!= STT_FUNC
)
2558 /* Function pointer equality tests may require that STV_PROTECTED
2559 symbols be treated as dynamic symbols, even when we know that the
2560 dynamic linker will resolve them locally. */
2561 return local_protected
;
2564 /* Caches some TLS segment info, and ensures that the TLS segment vma is
2565 aligned. Returns the first TLS output section. */
2567 struct bfd_section
*
2568 _bfd_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2570 struct bfd_section
*sec
, *tls
;
2571 unsigned int align
= 0;
2573 for (sec
= obfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2574 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2578 for (; sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0; sec
= sec
->next
)
2579 if (sec
->alignment_power
> align
)
2580 align
= sec
->alignment_power
;
2582 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
= tls
;
2584 /* Ensure the alignment of the first section is the largest alignment,
2585 so that the tls segment starts aligned. */
2587 tls
->alignment_power
= align
;
2592 /* Return TRUE iff this is a non-common, definition of a non-function symbol. */
2594 is_global_data_symbol_definition (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2595 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
2597 /* Local symbols do not count, but target specific ones might. */
2598 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
2599 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) < STB_LOOS
)
2602 /* Function symbols do not count. */
2603 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_FUNC
)
2606 /* If the section is undefined, then so is the symbol. */
2607 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
2610 /* If the symbol is defined in the common section, then
2611 it is a common definition and so does not count. */
2612 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
2615 /* If the symbol is in a target specific section then we
2616 must rely upon the backend to tell us what it is. */
2617 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_ABS
)
2618 /* FIXME - this function is not coded yet:
2620 return _bfd_is_global_symbol_definition (abfd, sym);
2622 Instead for now assume that the definition is not global,
2623 Even if this is wrong, at least the linker will behave
2624 in the same way that it used to do. */
2630 /* Search the symbol table of the archive element of the archive ABFD
2631 whose archive map contains a mention of SYMDEF, and determine if
2632 the symbol is defined in this element. */
2634 elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (bfd
* abfd
, carsym
* symdef
)
2636 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
;
2637 bfd_size_type symcount
;
2638 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
2639 bfd_size_type extsymoff
;
2640 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
2641 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
2642 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
2645 abfd
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
2649 if (! bfd_check_format (abfd
, bfd_object
))
2652 /* If we have already included the element containing this symbol in the
2653 link then we do not need to include it again. Just claim that any symbol
2654 it contains is not a definition, so that our caller will not decide to
2655 (re)include this element. */
2656 if (abfd
->archive_pass
)
2659 /* Select the appropriate symbol table. */
2660 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2661 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2663 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2665 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2667 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
2668 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols. */
2669 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
2671 extsymcount
= symcount
;
2676 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
2677 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
2680 if (extsymcount
== 0)
2683 /* Read in the symbol table. */
2684 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
2686 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
2689 /* Scan the symbol table looking for SYMDEF. */
2691 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
2695 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
2700 if (strcmp (name
, symdef
->name
) == 0)
2702 result
= is_global_data_symbol_definition (abfd
, isym
);
2712 /* Add an entry to the .dynamic table. */
2715 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2719 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
2720 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2722 bfd_size_type newsize
;
2723 bfd_byte
*newcontents
;
2724 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
2726 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
2727 if (! is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
2730 if (info
->warn_shared_textrel
&& info
->shared
&& tag
== DT_TEXTREL
)
2732 (_("warning: creating a DT_TEXTREL in a shared object."));
2734 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
2735 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
2736 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
2738 newsize
= s
->size
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2739 newcontents
= bfd_realloc (s
->contents
, newsize
);
2740 if (newcontents
== NULL
)
2744 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= val
;
2745 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (hash_table
->dynobj
, &dyn
, newcontents
+ s
->size
);
2748 s
->contents
= newcontents
;
2753 /* Add a DT_NEEDED entry for this dynamic object if DO_IT is true,
2754 otherwise just check whether one already exists. Returns -1 on error,
2755 1 if a DT_NEEDED tag already exists, and 0 on success. */
2758 elf_add_dt_needed_tag (bfd
*abfd
,
2759 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2763 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
2764 bfd_size_type oldsize
;
2765 bfd_size_type strindex
;
2767 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
2770 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
2771 oldsize
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (hash_table
->dynstr
);
2772 strindex
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (hash_table
->dynstr
, soname
, FALSE
);
2773 if (strindex
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
2776 if (oldsize
== _bfd_elf_strtab_size (hash_table
->dynstr
))
2779 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2782 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
2783 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
2785 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
2786 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
2787 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
2789 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
2791 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (hash_table
->dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
2792 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
2793 && dyn
.d_un
.d_val
== strindex
)
2795 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
2803 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (hash_table
->dynobj
, info
))
2806 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NEEDED
, strindex
))
2810 /* We were just checking for existence of the tag. */
2811 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
2816 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse, elf_smash_syms sets all symbols
2817 belonging to NOT_NEEDED to bfd_link_hash_new. We know there are no
2818 references from regular objects to these symbols.
2820 ??? Should we do something about references from other dynamic
2821 obects? If not, we potentially lose some warnings about undefined
2822 symbols. But how can we recover the initial undefined / undefweak
2825 struct elf_smash_syms_data
2828 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2829 bfd_boolean twiddled
;
2833 elf_smash_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2835 struct elf_smash_syms_data
*inf
= (struct elf_smash_syms_data
*) data
;
2836 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
2838 switch (h
->root
.type
)
2841 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
2844 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
2845 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
2846 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
!= inf
->not_needed
)
2850 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
2851 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
2852 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= inf
->not_needed
)
2856 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
2857 if (h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
!= inf
->not_needed
)
2861 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
2862 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
2863 elf_smash_syms ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, data
);
2864 if (h
->root
.u
.i
.link
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_new
)
2866 if (h
->root
.u
.i
.link
->u
.undef
.abfd
!= inf
->not_needed
)
2871 /* Set sym back to newly created state, but keep undefs list pointer. */
2872 bh
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
;
2873 if (bh
!= NULL
|| inf
->htab
->root
.undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
2874 inf
->twiddled
= TRUE
;
2875 (*inf
->htab
->root
.table
.newfunc
) (&h
->root
.root
,
2876 &inf
->htab
->root
.table
,
2877 h
->root
.root
.string
);
2878 h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
= bh
;
2879 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= inf
->not_needed
;
2884 /* Sort symbol by value and section. */
2886 elf_sort_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
2888 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h1
;
2889 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h2
;
2890 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
2892 h1
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg1
;
2893 h2
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg2
;
2894 vdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.value
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
2896 return vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
2899 long sdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
2901 return sdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
2906 /* This function is used to adjust offsets into .dynstr for
2907 dynamic symbols. This is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2910 elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2912 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= data
;
2914 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2915 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2917 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
2918 h
->dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
2922 /* Assign string offsets in .dynstr, update all structures referencing
2926 elf_finalize_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2928 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
2929 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
2930 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= hash_table
->dynstr
;
2931 bfd
*dynobj
= hash_table
->dynobj
;
2934 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2937 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (dynstr
);
2938 size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (dynstr
);
2940 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
2941 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
2942 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
2944 /* Update all .dynamic entries referencing .dynstr strings. */
2945 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
2946 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
2947 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
2949 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
2951 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
2955 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= size
;
2963 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
2968 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, extdyn
);
2971 /* Now update local dynamic symbols. */
2972 for (entry
= hash_table
->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2973 entry
->isym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
2974 entry
->isym
.st_name
);
2976 /* And the rest of dynamic symbols. */
2977 elf_link_hash_traverse (hash_table
, elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets
, dynstr
);
2979 /* Adjust version definitions. */
2980 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
2985 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
2986 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
2988 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
2992 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
,
2994 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
2995 if (def
.vd_aux
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
2997 for (i
= 0; i
< def
.vd_cnt
; ++i
)
2999 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (output_bfd
,
3000 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
, &defaux
);
3001 defaux
.vda_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3003 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
,
3004 &defaux
, (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
3005 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
3008 while (def
.vd_next
);
3011 /* Adjust version references. */
3012 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
)
3017 Elf_Internal_Verneed need
;
3018 Elf_Internal_Vernaux needaux
;
3020 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
3024 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
,
3026 need
.vn_file
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, need
.vn_file
);
3027 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, &need
,
3028 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
3029 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
3030 for (i
= 0; i
< need
.vn_cnt
; ++i
)
3032 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (output_bfd
,
3033 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
, &needaux
);
3034 needaux
.vna_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3036 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
,
3038 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
3039 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
3042 while (need
.vn_next
);
3048 /* Add symbols from an ELF object file to the linker hash table. */
3051 elf_link_add_object_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3053 bfd_boolean (*add_symbol_hook
)
3054 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, Elf_Internal_Sym
*,
3055 const char **, flagword
*, asection
**, bfd_vma
*);
3056 bfd_boolean (*check_relocs
)
3057 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, asection
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
3058 bfd_boolean (*check_directives
)
3059 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
3060 bfd_boolean collect
;
3061 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3062 bfd_size_type symcount
;
3063 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
3064 bfd_size_type extsymoff
;
3065 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
;
3066 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
3067 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
= NULL
;
3068 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
3069 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weaks
;
3070 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
3071 bfd_size_type nondeflt_vers_cnt
= 0;
3072 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
3073 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3074 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3075 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3076 bfd_boolean add_needed
;
3077 struct elf_link_hash_table
* hash_table
;
3080 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3082 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3083 add_symbol_hook
= bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
;
3084 collect
= bed
->collect
;
3086 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
3092 /* You can't use -r against a dynamic object. Also, there's no
3093 hope of using a dynamic object which does not exactly match
3094 the format of the output file. */
3095 if (info
->relocatable
3096 || !is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
)
3097 || hash_table
->root
.creator
!= abfd
->xvec
)
3099 if (info
->relocatable
)
3100 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
3102 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
3107 /* As a GNU extension, any input sections which are named
3108 .gnu.warning.SYMBOL are treated as warning symbols for the given
3109 symbol. This differs from .gnu.warning sections, which generate
3110 warnings when they are included in an output file. */
3111 if (info
->executable
)
3115 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3119 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, s
);
3120 if (strncmp (name
, ".gnu.warning.", sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1) == 0)
3124 bfd_size_type prefix_len
;
3125 const char * gnu_warning_prefix
= _("warning: ");
3127 name
+= sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1;
3129 /* If this is a shared object, then look up the symbol
3130 in the hash table. If it is there, and it is already
3131 been defined, then we will not be using the entry
3132 from this shared object, so we don't need to warn.
3133 FIXME: If we see the definition in a regular object
3134 later on, we will warn, but we shouldn't. The only
3135 fix is to keep track of what warnings we are supposed
3136 to emit, and then handle them all at the end of the
3140 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3142 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (hash_table
, name
,
3143 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
3145 /* FIXME: What about bfd_link_hash_common? */
3147 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3148 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
3150 /* We don't want to issue this warning. Clobber
3151 the section size so that the warning does not
3152 get copied into the output file. */
3159 prefix_len
= strlen (gnu_warning_prefix
);
3160 msg
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, prefix_len
+ sz
+ 1);
3164 strcpy (msg
, gnu_warning_prefix
);
3165 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, s
, msg
+ prefix_len
, 0, sz
))
3168 msg
[prefix_len
+ sz
] = '\0';
3170 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3171 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_WARNING
, s
, 0, msg
,
3172 FALSE
, collect
, NULL
)))
3175 if (! info
->relocatable
)
3177 /* Clobber the section size so that the warning does
3178 not get copied into the output file. */
3188 /* If we are creating a shared library, create all the dynamic
3189 sections immediately. We need to attach them to something,
3190 so we attach them to this BFD, provided it is the right
3191 format. FIXME: If there are no input BFD's of the same
3192 format as the output, we can't make a shared library. */
3194 && is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
)
3195 && hash_table
->root
.creator
== abfd
->xvec
3196 && ! hash_table
->dynamic_sections_created
)
3198 if (! _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
3202 else if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3207 const char *soname
= NULL
;
3208 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*rpath
= NULL
, *runpath
= NULL
;
3211 /* ld --just-symbols and dynamic objects don't mix very well.
3212 Test for --just-symbols by looking at info set up by
3213 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms. */
3214 if ((s
= abfd
->sections
) != NULL
3215 && s
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
3218 /* If this dynamic lib was specified on the command line with
3219 --as-needed in effect, then we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED
3220 tag unless the lib is actually used. Similary for libs brought
3221 in by another lib's DT_NEEDED. When --no-add-needed is used
3222 on a dynamic lib, we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED entry for
3223 any dynamic library in DT_NEEDED tags in the dynamic lib at
3225 add_needed
= (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
)
3226 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
3227 | DYN_NO_NEEDED
)) == 0;
3229 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3235 unsigned long shlink
;
3237 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
3238 goto error_free_dyn
;
3240 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
3242 goto error_free_dyn
;
3243 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
3245 for (extdyn
= dynbuf
;
3246 extdyn
< dynbuf
+ s
->size
;
3247 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3249 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3251 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3252 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_SONAME
)
3254 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3255 soname
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3257 goto error_free_dyn
;
3259 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
3261 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3263 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3265 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3266 n
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3267 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3268 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3269 goto error_free_dyn
;
3270 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3271 anm
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3273 goto error_free_dyn
;
3274 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3278 for (pn
= & hash_table
->needed
;
3284 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RUNPATH
)
3286 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3288 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3290 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3291 n
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3292 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3293 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3294 goto error_free_dyn
;
3295 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3296 anm
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3298 goto error_free_dyn
;
3299 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3303 for (pn
= & runpath
;
3309 /* Ignore DT_RPATH if we have seen DT_RUNPATH. */
3310 if (!runpath
&& dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RPATH
)
3312 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3314 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3316 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3317 n
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3318 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3319 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3320 goto error_free_dyn
;
3321 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3322 anm
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3329 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3344 /* DT_RUNPATH overrides DT_RPATH. Do _NOT_ bfd_release, as that
3345 frees all more recently bfd_alloc'd blocks as well. */
3351 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pn
;
3352 for (pn
= & hash_table
->runpath
;
3359 /* We do not want to include any of the sections in a dynamic
3360 object in the output file. We hack by simply clobbering the
3361 list of sections in the BFD. This could be handled more
3362 cleanly by, say, a new section flag; the existing
3363 SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag is not the one we want, because that one
3364 still implies that the section takes up space in the output
3366 bfd_section_list_clear (abfd
);
3368 /* Find the name to use in a DT_NEEDED entry that refers to this
3369 object. If the object has a DT_SONAME entry, we use it.
3370 Otherwise, if the generic linker stuck something in
3371 elf_dt_name, we use that. Otherwise, we just use the file
3373 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
3375 soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
3376 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
3377 soname
= bfd_get_filename (abfd
);
3380 /* Save the SONAME because sometimes the linker emulation code
3381 will need to know it. */
3382 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = soname
;
3384 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
3388 /* If we have already included this dynamic object in the
3389 link, just ignore it. There is no reason to include a
3390 particular dynamic object more than once. */
3395 /* If this is a dynamic object, we always link against the .dynsym
3396 symbol table, not the .symtab symbol table. The dynamic linker
3397 will only see the .dynsym symbol table, so there is no reason to
3398 look at .symtab for a dynamic object. */
3400 if (! dynamic
|| elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
3401 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3403 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
3405 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3407 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
3408 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
3410 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
3412 extsymcount
= symcount
;
3417 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
3418 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
3422 if (extsymcount
!= 0)
3424 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
3426 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
3429 /* We store a pointer to the hash table entry for each external
3431 amt
= extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
3432 sym_hash
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3433 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
3434 goto error_free_sym
;
3435 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) = sym_hash
;
3440 /* Read in any version definitions. */
3441 if (!_bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
,
3442 info
->default_imported_symver
))
3443 goto error_free_sym
;
3445 /* Read in the symbol versions, but don't bother to convert them
3446 to internal format. */
3447 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0)
3449 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
3451 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
;
3452 extversym
= bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
3453 if (extversym
== NULL
)
3454 goto error_free_sym
;
3455 amt
= versymhdr
->sh_size
;
3456 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3457 || bfd_bread (extversym
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
3458 goto error_free_vers
;
3464 ever
= extversym
!= NULL
? extversym
+ extsymoff
: NULL
;
3465 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
3467 isym
++, sym_hash
++, ever
= (ever
!= NULL
? ever
+ 1 : NULL
))
3474 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3475 bfd_boolean definition
;
3476 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
3477 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
3478 bfd_boolean new_weakdef
;
3479 bfd_boolean override
;
3480 unsigned int old_alignment
;
3485 flags
= BSF_NO_FLAGS
;
3487 value
= isym
->st_value
;
3490 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
);
3491 if (bind
== STB_LOCAL
)
3493 /* This should be impossible, since ELF requires that all
3494 global symbols follow all local symbols, and that sh_info
3495 point to the first global symbol. Unfortunately, Irix 5
3499 else if (bind
== STB_GLOBAL
)
3501 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
3502 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_COMMON
)
3505 else if (bind
== STB_WEAK
)
3509 /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */
3512 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
3513 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
3514 else if (isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
|| isym
->st_shndx
> SHN_HIRESERVE
)
3516 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3518 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
3519 else if (sec
->kept_section
)
3521 /* Symbols from discarded section are undefined. */
3522 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
3523 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
3525 else if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
3528 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
3529 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
3530 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
3532 sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
3533 /* What ELF calls the size we call the value. What ELF
3534 calls the value we call the alignment. */
3535 value
= isym
->st_size
;
3539 /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */
3542 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
3545 goto error_free_vers
;
3547 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
3548 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
3550 asection
*tcomm
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".tcommon");
3554 tcomm
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".tcommon");
3556 || !bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, tcomm
, (SEC_ALLOC
3558 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3559 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)))
3560 goto error_free_vers
;
3564 else if (add_symbol_hook
)
3566 if (! (*add_symbol_hook
) (abfd
, info
, isym
, &name
, &flags
, &sec
,
3568 goto error_free_vers
;
3570 /* The hook function sets the name to NULL if this symbol
3571 should be skipped for some reason. */
3576 /* Sanity check that all possibilities were handled. */
3579 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3580 goto error_free_vers
;
3583 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
3584 || bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
3589 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
3590 type_change_ok
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->type_change_ok
;
3594 if (is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3596 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
3597 unsigned int vernum
= 0;
3602 if (info
->default_imported_symver
)
3603 /* Use the default symbol version created earlier. */
3604 iver
.vs_vers
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3609 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd
, ever
, &iver
);
3611 vernum
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
3613 /* If this is a hidden symbol, or if it is not version
3614 1, we append the version name to the symbol name.
3615 However, we do not modify a non-hidden absolute
3616 symbol, because it might be the version symbol
3617 itself. FIXME: What if it isn't? */
3618 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0
3619 || (vernum
> 1 && ! bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)))
3622 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
3625 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
3627 if (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
3629 else if (vernum
> 1)
3631 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
3637 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3638 (_("%B: %s: invalid version %u (max %d)"),
3640 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
3641 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3642 goto error_free_vers
;
3647 /* We cannot simply test for the number of
3648 entries in the VERNEED section since the
3649 numbers for the needed versions do not start
3651 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
3654 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
3658 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
3660 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
3662 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
3664 verstr
= a
->vna_nodename
;
3673 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3674 (_("%B: %s: invalid needed version %d"),
3675 abfd
, name
, vernum
);
3676 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3677 goto error_free_vers
;
3681 namelen
= strlen (name
);
3682 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
3683 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 2;
3684 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
3685 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
3688 newname
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, newlen
);
3689 if (newname
== NULL
)
3690 goto error_free_vers
;
3691 memcpy (newname
, name
, namelen
);
3692 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
3694 /* If this is a defined non-hidden version symbol,
3695 we add another @ to the name. This indicates the
3696 default version of the symbol. */
3697 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
3698 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
3700 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
3705 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, name
, isym
, &sec
, &value
,
3706 sym_hash
, &skip
, &override
,
3707 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
))
3708 goto error_free_vers
;
3717 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3718 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3719 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3721 /* Remember the old alignment if this is a common symbol, so
3722 that we don't reduce the alignment later on. We can't
3723 check later, because _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3724 will set a default for the alignment which we want to
3725 override. We also remember the old bfd where the existing
3726 definition comes from. */
3727 switch (h
->root
.type
)
3732 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
3733 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
3734 old_bfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
3737 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
3738 old_bfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
3739 old_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
3743 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
!= NULL
3747 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1];
3750 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3751 (info
, abfd
, name
, flags
, sec
, value
, NULL
, FALSE
, collect
,
3752 (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
**) sym_hash
)))
3753 goto error_free_vers
;
3756 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3757 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3758 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3761 new_weakdef
= FALSE
;
3764 && (flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0
3765 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_FUNC
3766 && is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
)
3767 && h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
)
3769 /* Keep a list of all weak defined non function symbols from
3770 a dynamic object, using the weakdef field. Later in this
3771 function we will set the weakdef field to the correct
3772 value. We only put non-function symbols from dynamic
3773 objects on this list, because that happens to be the only
3774 time we need to know the normal symbol corresponding to a
3775 weak symbol, and the information is time consuming to
3776 figure out. If the weakdef field is not already NULL,
3777 then this symbol was already defined by some previous
3778 dynamic object, and we will be using that previous
3779 definition anyhow. */
3781 h
->u
.weakdef
= weaks
;
3786 /* Set the alignment of a common symbol. */
3787 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
3788 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
3792 align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
3793 if (align
> old_alignment
3794 /* Permit an alignment power of zero if an alignment of one
3795 is specified and no other alignments have been specified. */
3796 || (isym
->st_value
== 1 && old_alignment
== 0))
3797 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= align
;
3799 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= old_alignment
;
3802 if (is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3806 /* Check the alignment when a common symbol is involved. This
3807 can change when a common symbol is overridden by a normal
3808 definition or a common symbol is ignored due to the old
3809 normal definition. We need to make sure the maximum
3810 alignment is maintained. */
3811 if ((old_alignment
|| isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
3812 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
)
3814 unsigned int common_align
;
3815 unsigned int normal_align
;
3816 unsigned int symbol_align
;
3820 symbol_align
= ffs (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
) - 1;
3821 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
3822 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
3824 normal_align
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
3825 if (normal_align
> symbol_align
)
3826 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
3829 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
3833 common_align
= old_alignment
;
3834 common_bfd
= old_bfd
;
3839 common_align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
3841 normal_bfd
= old_bfd
;
3844 if (normal_align
< common_align
)
3845 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3846 (_("Warning: alignment %u of symbol `%s' in %B"
3847 " is smaller than %u in %B"),
3848 normal_bfd
, common_bfd
,
3849 1 << normal_align
, name
, 1 << common_align
);
3852 /* Remember the symbol size and type. */
3853 if (isym
->st_size
!= 0
3854 && (definition
|| h
->size
== 0))
3856 if (h
->size
!= 0 && h
->size
!= isym
->st_size
&& ! size_change_ok
)
3857 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3858 (_("Warning: size of symbol `%s' changed"
3859 " from %lu in %B to %lu in %B"),
3861 name
, (unsigned long) h
->size
,
3862 (unsigned long) isym
->st_size
);
3864 h
->size
= isym
->st_size
;
3867 /* If this is a common symbol, then we always want H->SIZE
3868 to be the size of the common symbol. The code just above
3869 won't fix the size if a common symbol becomes larger. We
3870 don't warn about a size change here, because that is
3871 covered by --warn-common. */
3872 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
3873 h
->size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
3875 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
3876 && (definition
|| h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
))
3878 if (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
3879 && h
->type
!= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
)
3880 && ! type_change_ok
)
3881 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3882 (_("Warning: type of symbol `%s' changed"
3883 " from %d to %d in %B"),
3884 abfd
, name
, h
->type
, ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
));
3886 h
->type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
3889 /* If st_other has a processor-specific meaning, specific
3890 code might be needed here. We never merge the visibility
3891 attribute with the one from a dynamic object. */
3892 if (bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
)
3893 (*bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
) (h
, isym
, definition
,
3896 /* If this symbol has default visibility and the user has requested
3897 we not re-export it, then mark it as hidden. */
3898 if (definition
&& !dynamic
3900 || (abfd
->my_archive
&& abfd
->my_archive
->no_export
))
3901 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
3902 isym
->st_other
= STV_HIDDEN
| (isym
->st_other
& ~ ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1));
3904 if (isym
->st_other
!= 0 && !dynamic
)
3906 unsigned char hvis
, symvis
, other
, nvis
;
3908 /* Take the balance of OTHER from the definition. */
3909 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
3910 other
&= ~ ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
3912 /* Combine visibilities, using the most constraining one. */
3913 hvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
3914 symvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
);
3920 nvis
= hvis
< symvis
? hvis
: symvis
;
3922 h
->other
= other
| nvis
;
3925 /* Set a flag in the hash table entry indicating the type of
3926 reference or definition we just found. Keep a count of
3927 the number of dynamic symbols we find. A dynamic symbol
3928 is one which is referenced or defined by both a regular
3929 object and a shared object. */
3936 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
3937 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
3941 if (! info
->executable
3954 || (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
3956 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
!= -1))
3960 /* Check to see if we need to add an indirect symbol for
3961 the default name. */
3962 if (definition
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
3963 if (!_bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (abfd
, info
, h
, name
, isym
,
3964 &sec
, &value
, &dynsym
,
3966 goto error_free_vers
;
3968 if (definition
&& !dynamic
)
3970 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
3971 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
3973 /* Queue non-default versions so that .symver x, x@FOO
3974 aliases can be checked. */
3975 if (! nondeflt_vers
)
3977 amt
= (isymend
- isym
+ 1)
3978 * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
3979 nondeflt_vers
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
3981 nondeflt_vers
[nondeflt_vers_cnt
++] = h
;
3985 if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
== -1)
3987 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3988 goto error_free_vers
;
3989 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
3991 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
3993 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
3994 goto error_free_vers
;
3997 else if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
3998 /* If the symbol already has a dynamic index, but
3999 visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into
4001 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
4005 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
4016 const char *soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
4018 /* A symbol from a library loaded via DT_NEEDED of some
4019 other library is referenced by a regular object.
4020 Add a DT_NEEDED entry for it. Issue an error if
4021 --no-add-needed is used. */
4022 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_NO_NEEDED
) != 0)
4024 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4025 (_("%s: invalid DSO for symbol `%s' definition"),
4027 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4028 goto error_free_vers
;
4031 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) &= ~DYN_AS_NEEDED
;
4034 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
4036 goto error_free_vers
;
4038 BFD_ASSERT (ret
== 0);
4043 /* Now that all the symbols from this input file are created, handle
4044 .symver foo, foo@BAR such that any relocs against foo become foo@BAR. */
4045 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4047 bfd_size_type cnt
, symidx
;
4049 for (cnt
= 0; cnt
< nondeflt_vers_cnt
; ++cnt
)
4051 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= nondeflt_vers
[cnt
], *hi
;
4052 char *shortname
, *p
;
4054 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4056 || (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
4057 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4060 amt
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
4061 shortname
= bfd_malloc (amt
+ 1);
4062 memcpy (shortname
, h
->root
.root
.string
, amt
);
4063 shortname
[amt
] = '\0';
4065 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
4066 bfd_link_hash_lookup (&hash_table
->root
, shortname
,
4067 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4069 && hi
->root
.type
== h
->root
.type
4070 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.value
== h
->root
.u
.def
.value
4071 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
== h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
4073 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
4074 hi
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
4075 hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4076 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (bed
, h
, hi
);
4077 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4079 for (symidx
= 0; symidx
< extsymcount
; ++symidx
)
4080 if (sym_hash
[symidx
] == hi
)
4082 sym_hash
[symidx
] = h
;
4088 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4089 nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
4092 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
4098 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
4103 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
4105 /* Remove symbols defined in an as-needed shared lib that wasn't
4107 struct elf_smash_syms_data inf
;
4108 inf
.not_needed
= abfd
;
4109 inf
.htab
= hash_table
;
4110 inf
.twiddled
= FALSE
;
4111 elf_link_hash_traverse (hash_table
, elf_smash_syms
, &inf
);
4113 bfd_link_repair_undef_list (&hash_table
->root
);
4117 /* Now set the weakdefs field correctly for all the weak defined
4118 symbols we found. The only way to do this is to search all the
4119 symbols. Since we only need the information for non functions in
4120 dynamic objects, that's the only time we actually put anything on
4121 the list WEAKS. We need this information so that if a regular
4122 object refers to a symbol defined weakly in a dynamic object, the
4123 real symbol in the dynamic object is also put in the dynamic
4124 symbols; we also must arrange for both symbols to point to the
4125 same memory location. We could handle the general case of symbol
4126 aliasing, but a general symbol alias can only be generated in
4127 assembler code, handling it correctly would be very time
4128 consuming, and other ELF linkers don't handle general aliasing
4132 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hpp
;
4133 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hppend
;
4134 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sorted_sym_hash
;
4135 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4138 /* Since we have to search the whole symbol list for each weak
4139 defined symbol, search time for N weak defined symbols will be
4140 O(N^2). Binary search will cut it down to O(NlogN). */
4141 amt
= extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
4142 sorted_sym_hash
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
4143 if (sorted_sym_hash
== NULL
)
4145 sym_hash
= sorted_sym_hash
;
4146 hpp
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4147 hppend
= hpp
+ extsymcount
;
4149 for (; hpp
< hppend
; hpp
++)
4153 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4154 && h
->type
!= STT_FUNC
)
4162 qsort (sorted_sym_hash
, sym_count
,
4163 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*),
4166 while (weaks
!= NULL
)
4168 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hlook
;
4175 weaks
= hlook
->u
.weakdef
;
4176 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
4178 BFD_ASSERT (hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4179 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
4180 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
4181 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
);
4182 slook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4183 vlook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4190 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
4192 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
4193 vdiff
= vlook
- h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4200 long sdiff
= slook
->id
- h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
4213 /* We didn't find a value/section match. */
4217 for (i
= ilook
; i
< sym_count
; i
++)
4219 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[i
];
4221 /* Stop if value or section doesn't match. */
4222 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
4223 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
)
4225 else if (h
!= hlook
)
4227 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= h
;
4229 /* If the weak definition is in the list of dynamic
4230 symbols, make sure the real definition is put
4232 if (hlook
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
4234 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4238 /* If the real definition is in the list of dynamic
4239 symbols, make sure the weak definition is put
4240 there as well. If we don't do this, then the
4241 dynamic loader might not merge the entries for the
4242 real definition and the weak definition. */
4243 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hlook
->dynindx
== -1)
4245 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hlook
))
4253 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
4256 check_directives
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->check_directives
;
4257 if (check_directives
)
4258 check_directives (abfd
, info
);
4260 /* If this object is the same format as the output object, and it is
4261 not a shared library, then let the backend look through the
4264 This is required to build global offset table entries and to
4265 arrange for dynamic relocs. It is not required for the
4266 particular common case of linking non PIC code, even when linking
4267 against shared libraries, but unfortunately there is no way of
4268 knowing whether an object file has been compiled PIC or not.
4269 Looking through the relocs is not particularly time consuming.
4270 The problem is that we must either (1) keep the relocs in memory,
4271 which causes the linker to require additional runtime memory or
4272 (2) read the relocs twice from the input file, which wastes time.
4273 This would be a good case for using mmap.
4275 I have no idea how to handle linking PIC code into a file of a
4276 different format. It probably can't be done. */
4277 check_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->check_relocs
;
4279 && is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
)
4280 && hash_table
->root
.creator
== abfd
->xvec
4281 && check_relocs
!= NULL
)
4285 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
4287 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
4290 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
4291 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
4292 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
4293 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
4294 || bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
4297 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
4299 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
4302 ok
= (*check_relocs
) (abfd
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
4304 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
4305 free (internal_relocs
);
4312 /* If this is a non-traditional link, try to optimize the handling
4313 of the .stab/.stabstr sections. */
4315 && ! info
->traditional_format
4316 && is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
)
4317 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
&& info
->strip
!= strip_debugger
))
4321 stabstr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".stabstr");
4322 if (stabstr
!= NULL
)
4324 bfd_size_type string_offset
= 0;
4327 for (stab
= abfd
->sections
; stab
; stab
= stab
->next
)
4328 if (strncmp (".stab", stab
->name
, 5) == 0
4329 && (!stab
->name
[5] ||
4330 (stab
->name
[5] == '.' && ISDIGIT (stab
->name
[6])))
4331 && (stab
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0
4332 && !bfd_is_abs_section (stab
->output_section
))
4334 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
4336 secdata
= elf_section_data (stab
);
4337 if (! _bfd_link_section_stabs (abfd
,
4338 &hash_table
->stab_info
,
4343 if (secdata
->sec_info
)
4344 stab
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
;
4349 if (is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
) && add_needed
)
4351 /* Add this bfd to the loaded list. */
4352 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*n
;
4354 n
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_link_loaded_list
));
4358 n
->next
= hash_table
->loaded
;
4359 hash_table
->loaded
= n
;
4365 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4366 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4367 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
4370 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
4376 /* Return the linker hash table entry of a symbol that might be
4377 satisfied by an archive symbol. Return -1 on error. */
4379 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
4380 _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
4381 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4384 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4388 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4392 /* If this is a default version (the name contains @@), look up the
4393 symbol again with only one `@' as well as without the version.
4394 The effect is that references to the symbol with and without the
4395 version will be matched by the default symbol in the archive. */
4397 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4398 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
4401 /* First check with only one `@'. */
4402 len
= strlen (name
);
4403 copy
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
4405 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1;
4407 first
= p
- name
+ 1;
4408 memcpy (copy
, name
, first
);
4409 memcpy (copy
+ first
, name
+ first
+ 1, len
- first
);
4411 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4414 /* We also need to check references to the symbol without the
4416 copy
[first
- 1] = '\0';
4417 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
,
4418 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4421 bfd_release (abfd
, copy
);
4425 /* Add symbols from an ELF archive file to the linker hash table. We
4426 don't use _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols because of a
4427 problem which arises on UnixWare. The UnixWare libc.so is an
4428 archive which includes an entry libc.so.1 which defines a bunch of
4429 symbols. The libc.so archive also includes a number of other
4430 object files, which also define symbols, some of which are the same
4431 as those defined in libc.so.1. Correct linking requires that we
4432 consider each object file in turn, and include it if it defines any
4433 symbols we need. _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols does not do
4434 this; it looks through the list of undefined symbols, and includes
4435 any object file which defines them. When this algorithm is used on
4436 UnixWare, it winds up pulling in libc.so.1 early and defining a
4437 bunch of symbols. This means that some of the other objects in the
4438 archive are not included in the link, which is incorrect since they
4439 precede libc.so.1 in the archive.
4441 Fortunately, ELF archive handling is simpler than that done by
4442 _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols, which has to allow for a.out
4443 oddities. In ELF, if we find a symbol in the archive map, and the
4444 symbol is currently undefined, we know that we must pull in that
4447 Unfortunately, we do have to make multiple passes over the symbol
4448 table until nothing further is resolved. */
4451 elf_link_add_archive_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4454 bfd_boolean
*defined
= NULL
;
4455 bfd_boolean
*included
= NULL
;
4459 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4460 struct elf_link_hash_entry
* (*archive_symbol_lookup
)
4461 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *);
4463 if (! bfd_has_map (abfd
))
4465 /* An empty archive is a special case. */
4466 if (bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd
, NULL
) == NULL
)
4468 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_armap
);
4472 /* Keep track of all symbols we know to be already defined, and all
4473 files we know to be already included. This is to speed up the
4474 second and subsequent passes. */
4475 c
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdef_count
;
4479 amt
*= sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
4480 defined
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
4481 included
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
4482 if (defined
== NULL
|| included
== NULL
)
4485 symdefs
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdefs
;
4486 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4487 archive_symbol_lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup
;
4500 symdefend
= symdef
+ c
;
4501 for (i
= 0; symdef
< symdefend
; symdef
++, i
++)
4503 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4505 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*undefs_tail
;
4508 if (defined
[i
] || included
[i
])
4510 if (symdef
->file_offset
== last
)
4516 h
= archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, symdef
->name
);
4517 if (h
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1)
4523 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4525 /* We currently have a common symbol. The archive map contains
4526 a reference to this symbol, so we may want to include it. We
4527 only want to include it however, if this archive element
4528 contains a definition of the symbol, not just another common
4531 Unfortunately some archivers (including GNU ar) will put
4532 declarations of common symbols into their archive maps, as
4533 well as real definitions, so we cannot just go by the archive
4534 map alone. Instead we must read in the element's symbol
4535 table and check that to see what kind of symbol definition
4537 if (! elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (abfd
, symdef
))
4540 else if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
4542 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4547 /* We need to include this archive member. */
4548 element
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
4549 if (element
== NULL
)
4552 if (! bfd_check_format (element
, bfd_object
))
4555 /* Doublecheck that we have not included this object
4556 already--it should be impossible, but there may be
4557 something wrong with the archive. */
4558 if (element
->archive_pass
!= 0)
4560 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4563 element
->archive_pass
= 1;
4565 undefs_tail
= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
;
4567 if (! (*info
->callbacks
->add_archive_element
) (info
, element
,
4570 if (! bfd_link_add_symbols (element
, info
))
4573 /* If there are any new undefined symbols, we need to make
4574 another pass through the archive in order to see whether
4575 they can be defined. FIXME: This isn't perfect, because
4576 common symbols wind up on undefs_tail and because an
4577 undefined symbol which is defined later on in this pass
4578 does not require another pass. This isn't a bug, but it
4579 does make the code less efficient than it could be. */
4580 if (undefs_tail
!= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
)
4583 /* Look backward to mark all symbols from this object file
4584 which we have already seen in this pass. */
4588 included
[mark
] = TRUE
;
4593 while (symdefs
[mark
].file_offset
== symdef
->file_offset
);
4595 /* We mark subsequent symbols from this object file as we go
4596 on through the loop. */
4597 last
= symdef
->file_offset
;
4608 if (defined
!= NULL
)
4610 if (included
!= NULL
)
4615 /* Given an ELF BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as
4619 bfd_elf_link_add_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4621 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
4624 return elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd
, info
);
4626 return elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd
, info
);
4628 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
4633 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
4634 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
4637 elf_collect_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
4639 unsigned long **valuep
= data
;
4645 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4646 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4648 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
4649 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
4652 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
4653 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4656 alc
= bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
4657 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
4658 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
4662 /* Compute the hash value. */
4663 ha
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
4665 /* Store the found hash value in the array given as the argument. */
4668 /* And store it in the struct so that we can put it in the hash table
4670 h
->u
.elf_hash_value
= ha
;
4678 /* Array used to determine the number of hash table buckets to use
4679 based on the number of symbols there are. If there are fewer than
4680 3 symbols we use 1 bucket, fewer than 17 symbols we use 3 buckets,
4681 fewer than 37 we use 17 buckets, and so forth. We never use more
4682 than 32771 buckets. */
4684 static const size_t elf_buckets
[] =
4686 1, 3, 17, 37, 67, 97, 131, 197, 263, 521, 1031, 2053, 4099, 8209,
4690 /* Compute bucket count for hashing table. We do not use a static set
4691 of possible tables sizes anymore. Instead we determine for all
4692 possible reasonable sizes of the table the outcome (i.e., the
4693 number of collisions etc) and choose the best solution. The
4694 weighting functions are not too simple to allow the table to grow
4695 without bounds. Instead one of the weighting factors is the size.
4696 Therefore the result is always a good payoff between few collisions
4697 (= short chain lengths) and table size. */
4699 compute_bucket_count (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4701 size_t dynsymcount
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
4702 size_t best_size
= 0;
4703 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
4704 unsigned long int *hashcodesp
;
4705 unsigned long int i
;
4708 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
4709 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
4712 amt
*= sizeof (unsigned long int);
4713 hashcodes
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
4714 if (hashcodes
== NULL
)
4716 hashcodesp
= hashcodes
;
4718 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
4719 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
4720 elf_collect_hash_codes
, &hashcodesp
);
4722 /* We have a problem here. The following code to optimize the table
4723 size requires an integer type with more the 32 bits. If
4724 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT is set we know about such a type. */
4725 #ifdef BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
4728 unsigned long int nsyms
= hashcodesp
- hashcodes
;
4731 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT best_chlen
= ~((BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
) 0);
4732 unsigned long int *counts
;
4733 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4734 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
4736 /* Possible optimization parameters: if we have NSYMS symbols we say
4737 that the hashing table must at least have NSYMS/4 and at most
4739 minsize
= nsyms
/ 4;
4742 best_size
= maxsize
= nsyms
* 2;
4744 /* Create array where we count the collisions in. We must use bfd_malloc
4745 since the size could be large. */
4747 amt
*= sizeof (unsigned long int);
4748 counts
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
4755 /* Compute the "optimal" size for the hash table. The criteria is a
4756 minimal chain length. The minor criteria is (of course) the size
4758 for (i
= minsize
; i
< maxsize
; ++i
)
4760 /* Walk through the array of hashcodes and count the collisions. */
4761 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT max
;
4762 unsigned long int j
;
4763 unsigned long int fact
;
4765 memset (counts
, '\0', i
* sizeof (unsigned long int));
4767 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
4768 for (j
= 0; j
< nsyms
; ++j
)
4769 ++counts
[hashcodes
[j
] % i
];
4771 /* For the weight function we need some information about the
4772 pagesize on the target. This is information need not be 100%
4773 accurate. Since this information is not available (so far) we
4774 define it here to a reasonable default value. If it is crucial
4775 to have a better value some day simply define this value. */
4776 # ifndef BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
4777 # define BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE (4096)
4780 /* We in any case need 2 + NSYMS entries for the size values and
4782 max
= (2 + nsyms
) * (bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8);
4785 /* Variant 1: optimize for short chains. We add the squares
4786 of all the chain lengths (which favors many small chain
4787 over a few long chains). */
4788 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
4789 max
+= counts
[j
] * counts
[j
];
4791 /* This adds penalties for the overall size of the table. */
4792 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ (bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8)) + 1;
4795 /* Variant 2: Optimize a lot more for small table. Here we
4796 also add squares of the size but we also add penalties for
4797 empty slots (the +1 term). */
4798 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
4799 max
+= (1 + counts
[j
]) * (1 + counts
[j
]);
4801 /* The overall size of the table is considered, but not as
4802 strong as in variant 1, where it is squared. */
4803 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ (bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8)) + 1;
4807 /* Compare with current best results. */
4808 if (max
< best_chlen
)
4818 #endif /* defined (BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT) */
4820 /* This is the fallback solution if no 64bit type is available or if we
4821 are not supposed to spend much time on optimizations. We select the
4822 bucket count using a fixed set of numbers. */
4823 for (i
= 0; elf_buckets
[i
] != 0; i
++)
4825 best_size
= elf_buckets
[i
];
4826 if (dynsymcount
< elf_buckets
[i
+ 1])
4831 /* Free the arrays we needed. */
4837 /* Set up the sizes and contents of the ELF dynamic sections. This is
4838 called by the ELF linker emulation before_allocation routine. We
4839 must set the sizes of the sections before the linker sets the
4840 addresses of the various sections. */
4843 bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
4846 const char *filter_shlib
,
4847 const char * const *auxiliary_filters
,
4848 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4849 asection
**sinterpptr
,
4850 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*verdefs
)
4852 bfd_size_type soname_indx
;
4854 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4855 struct elf_assign_sym_version_info asvinfo
;
4859 soname_indx
= (bfd_size_type
) -1;
4861 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
4864 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->relro
= info
->relro
;
4865 if (info
->execstack
)
4866 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->stack_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
4867 else if (info
->noexecstack
)
4868 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->stack_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
;
4872 asection
*notesec
= NULL
;
4875 for (inputobj
= info
->input_bfds
;
4877 inputobj
= inputobj
->link_next
)
4881 if (inputobj
->flags
& DYNAMIC
)
4883 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (inputobj
, ".note.GNU-stack");
4886 if (s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
)
4895 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->stack_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| exec
;
4896 if (exec
&& info
->relocatable
4897 && notesec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
4898 notesec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
4902 /* Any syms created from now on start with -1 in
4903 got.refcount/offset and plt.refcount/offset. */
4904 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_refcount
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_offset
;
4906 /* The backend may have to create some sections regardless of whether
4907 we're dynamic or not. */
4908 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
4909 if (bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
4910 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
4913 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4915 /* If there were no dynamic objects in the link, there is nothing to
4920 if (! _bfd_elf_maybe_strip_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
4923 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
4925 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
4926 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4928 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
4929 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
4930 bfd_boolean all_defined
;
4932 *sinterpptr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".interp");
4933 BFD_ASSERT (*sinterpptr
!= NULL
|| !info
->executable
);
4937 soname_indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
4939 if (soname_indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
4940 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SONAME
, soname_indx
))
4946 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMBOLIC
, 0))
4948 info
->flags
|= DF_SYMBOLIC
;
4955 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, rpath
,
4957 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
4958 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_RPATH
, indx
))
4961 if (info
->new_dtags
)
4963 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, indx
);
4964 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_RUNPATH
, indx
))
4969 if (filter_shlib
!= NULL
)
4973 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
4974 filter_shlib
, TRUE
);
4975 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
4976 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FILTER
, indx
))
4980 if (auxiliary_filters
!= NULL
)
4982 const char * const *p
;
4984 for (p
= auxiliary_filters
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
4988 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
4990 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
4991 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUXILIARY
, indx
))
4997 eif
.verdefs
= verdefs
;
5000 /* If we are supposed to export all symbols into the dynamic symbol
5001 table (this is not the normal case), then do so. */
5002 if (info
->export_dynamic
)
5004 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5005 _bfd_elf_export_symbol
,
5011 /* Make all global versions with definition. */
5012 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5013 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
5014 if (!d
->symver
&& d
->symbol
)
5016 const char *verstr
, *name
;
5017 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
5019 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*newh
;
5022 namelen
= strlen (name
);
5024 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
5025 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 3;
5027 newname
= bfd_malloc (newlen
);
5028 if (newname
== NULL
)
5030 memcpy (newname
, name
, namelen
);
5032 /* Check the hidden versioned definition. */
5033 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
5035 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
5036 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5037 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
5040 || (newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5041 && newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
5043 /* Check the default versioned definition. */
5045 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
5046 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5047 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
5052 /* Mark this version if there is a definition and it is
5053 not defined in a shared object. */
5055 && !newh
->def_dynamic
5056 && (newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5057 || newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
5061 /* Attach all the symbols to their version information. */
5062 asvinfo
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
5063 asvinfo
.info
= info
;
5064 asvinfo
.verdefs
= verdefs
;
5065 asvinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
5067 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5068 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version
,
5073 if (!info
->allow_undefined_version
)
5075 /* Check if all global versions have a definition. */
5077 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5078 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
5079 if (!d
->symver
&& !d
->script
)
5081 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5082 (_("%s: undefined version: %s"),
5083 d
->pattern
, t
->name
);
5084 all_defined
= FALSE
;
5089 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5094 /* Find all symbols which were defined in a dynamic object and make
5095 the backend pick a reasonable value for them. */
5096 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5097 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
,
5102 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in some of the
5103 values later, in bfd_elf_final_link, but we must add the entries
5104 now so that we know the final size of the .dynamic section. */
5106 /* If there are initialization and/or finalization functions to
5107 call then add the corresponding DT_INIT/DT_FINI entries. */
5108 h
= (info
->init_function
5109 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5110 info
->init_function
, FALSE
,
5117 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT
, 0))
5120 h
= (info
->fini_function
5121 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5122 info
->fini_function
, FALSE
,
5129 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI
, 0))
5133 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".preinit_array") != NULL
)
5135 /* DT_PREINIT_ARRAY is not allowed in shared library. */
5136 if (! info
->executable
)
5141 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
;
5142 sub
= sub
->link_next
)
5143 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5144 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
5145 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
5147 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5148 (_("%B: .preinit_array section is not allowed in DSO"),
5153 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5157 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, 0)
5158 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
5161 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".init_array") != NULL
)
5163 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAY
, 0)
5164 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
5167 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".fini_array") != NULL
)
5169 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAY
, 0)
5170 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
5174 dynstr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
5175 /* If .dynstr is excluded from the link, we don't want any of
5176 these tags. Strictly, we should be checking each section
5177 individually; This quick check covers for the case where
5178 someone does a /DISCARD/ : { *(*) }. */
5179 if (dynstr
!= NULL
&& dynstr
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
5181 bfd_size_type strsize
;
5183 strsize
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
5184 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_HASH
, 0)
5185 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRTAB
, 0)
5186 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMTAB
, 0)
5187 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRSZ
, strsize
)
5188 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMENT
,
5189 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
))
5194 /* The backend must work out the sizes of all the other dynamic
5196 if (bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
5197 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
5200 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5202 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
5204 size_t bucketcount
= 0;
5205 size_t hash_entry_size
;
5206 unsigned int dtagcount
;
5208 /* Set up the version definition section. */
5209 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
5210 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5212 /* We may have created additional version definitions if we are
5213 just linking a regular application. */
5214 verdefs
= asvinfo
.verdefs
;
5216 /* Skip anonymous version tag. */
5217 if (verdefs
!= NULL
&& verdefs
->vernum
== 0)
5218 verdefs
= verdefs
->next
;
5220 if (verdefs
== NULL
&& !info
->create_default_symver
)
5221 _bfd_strip_section_from_output (info
, s
);
5226 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
5228 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
5229 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
5230 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5231 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5237 /* Make space for the base version. */
5238 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5239 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5242 /* Make space for the default version. */
5243 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
5245 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5249 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5251 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
5253 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5254 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5257 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
5258 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5262 s
->contents
= bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
5263 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
5266 /* Fill in the version definition section. */
5270 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
5271 def
.vd_flags
= VER_FLG_BASE
;
5274 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
5276 def
.vd_aux
= 2 * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5277 def
.vd_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5281 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5282 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
5283 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
5286 if (soname_indx
!= (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5288 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5290 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (soname
);
5291 defaux
.vda_name
= soname_indx
;
5298 name
= basename (output_bfd
->filename
);
5299 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
5300 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5302 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5304 defaux
.vda_name
= indx
;
5306 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
5308 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
5309 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
5310 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5311 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
5313 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
5315 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5316 (info
, dynobj
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
5318 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5320 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5323 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5324 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
5326 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5329 /* Create a duplicate of the base version with the same
5330 aux block, but different flags. */
5333 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5335 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
5336 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
5339 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
5340 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
5341 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5343 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
5344 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
5345 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5347 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5350 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
5353 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
5356 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
5358 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5359 (info
, dynobj
, t
->name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
5361 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5363 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5366 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5367 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
5369 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5372 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
5374 if (t
->globals
.list
== NULL
5375 && t
->locals
.list
== NULL
5377 def
.vd_flags
|= VER_FLG_WEAK
;
5378 def
.vd_ndx
= t
->vernum
+ (info
->create_default_symver
? 2 : 1);
5379 def
.vd_cnt
= cdeps
+ 1;
5380 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (t
->name
);
5381 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5383 if (t
->next
!= NULL
)
5384 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
5385 + (cdeps
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
5387 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
5388 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
5389 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5391 defaux
.vda_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
5392 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5394 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
5395 if (t
->deps
!= NULL
)
5396 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5397 t
->name_indx
= defaux
.vda_name
;
5399 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
5400 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
5401 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5403 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
5405 if (n
->version_needed
== NULL
)
5407 /* This can happen if there was an error in the
5409 defaux
.vda_name
= 0;
5413 defaux
.vda_name
= n
->version_needed
->name_indx
;
5414 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5417 if (n
->next
== NULL
)
5418 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
5420 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5422 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
5423 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
5424 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5428 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEF
, 0)
5429 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEFNUM
, cdefs
))
5432 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
= cdefs
;
5435 if ((info
->new_dtags
&& info
->flags
) || (info
->flags
& DF_STATIC_TLS
))
5437 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS
, info
->flags
))
5440 else if (info
->flags
& DF_BIND_NOW
)
5442 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_BIND_NOW
, 0))
5448 if (info
->executable
)
5449 info
->flags_1
&= ~ (DF_1_INITFIRST
5452 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS_1
, info
->flags_1
))
5456 /* Work out the size of the version reference section. */
5458 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
5459 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5461 struct elf_find_verdep_info sinfo
;
5463 sinfo
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
5465 sinfo
.vers
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
5466 if (sinfo
.vers
== 0)
5468 sinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
5470 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5471 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies
,
5474 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
5475 _bfd_strip_section_from_output (info
, s
);
5478 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
5483 /* Build the version definition section. */
5486 for (t
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
5490 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
5492 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
5494 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
5495 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
5499 s
->contents
= bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
5500 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
5504 for (t
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
5509 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
5513 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
5516 t
->vn_version
= VER_NEED_CURRENT
;
5518 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5519 elf_dt_name (t
->vn_bfd
) != NULL
5520 ? elf_dt_name (t
->vn_bfd
)
5521 : basename (t
->vn_bfd
->filename
),
5523 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5526 t
->vn_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
5527 if (t
->vn_nextref
== NULL
)
5530 t
->vn_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
5531 + caux
* sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
5533 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, t
,
5534 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
5535 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
5537 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
5539 a
->vna_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (a
->vna_nodename
);
5540 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5541 a
->vna_nodename
, FALSE
);
5542 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5545 if (a
->vna_nextptr
== NULL
)
5548 a
->vna_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
5550 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
, a
,
5551 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
5552 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
5556 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEED
, 0)
5557 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEEDNUM
, crefs
))
5560 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
= crefs
;
5564 /* Assign dynsym indicies. In a shared library we generate a
5565 section symbol for each output section, which come first.
5566 Next come all of the back-end allocated local dynamic syms,
5567 followed by the rest of the global symbols. */
5569 dynsymcount
= _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
);
5571 /* Work out the size of the symbol version section. */
5572 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
5573 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5574 if (dynsymcount
== 0
5575 || (verdefs
== NULL
&& elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
== NULL
5576 && !info
->create_default_symver
))
5578 _bfd_strip_section_from_output (info
, s
);
5579 /* The DYNSYMCOUNT might have changed if we were going to
5580 output a dynamic symbol table entry for S. */
5581 dynsymcount
= _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
);
5585 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
5586 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
5587 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
5590 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERSYM
, 0))
5594 /* Set the size of the .dynsym and .hash sections. We counted
5595 the number of dynamic symbols in elf_link_add_object_symbols.
5596 We will build the contents of .dynsym and .hash when we build
5597 the final symbol table, because until then we do not know the
5598 correct value to give the symbols. We built the .dynstr
5599 section as we went along in elf_link_add_object_symbols. */
5600 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynsym");
5601 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5602 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
5603 s
->contents
= bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
5604 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
5607 if (dynsymcount
!= 0)
5609 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
5611 /* The first entry in .dynsym is a dummy symbol. */
5618 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (output_bfd
, &isym
, s
->contents
, 0);
5621 /* Compute the size of the hashing table. As a side effect this
5622 computes the hash values for all the names we export. */
5623 bucketcount
= compute_bucket_count (info
);
5625 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".hash");
5626 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5627 hash_entry_size
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
5628 s
->size
= ((2 + bucketcount
+ dynsymcount
) * hash_entry_size
);
5629 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
5630 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
5633 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, bucketcount
, s
->contents
);
5634 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, dynsymcount
,
5635 s
->contents
+ hash_entry_size
);
5637 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
5639 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
5640 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5642 elf_finalize_dynstr (output_bfd
, info
);
5644 s
->size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
5646 for (dtagcount
= 0; dtagcount
<= info
->spare_dynamic_tags
; ++dtagcount
)
5647 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NULL
, 0))
5654 /* Final phase of ELF linker. */
5656 /* A structure we use to avoid passing large numbers of arguments. */
5658 struct elf_final_link_info
5660 /* General link information. */
5661 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
5664 /* Symbol string table. */
5665 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*symstrtab
;
5666 /* .dynsym section. */
5667 asection
*dynsym_sec
;
5668 /* .hash section. */
5670 /* symbol version section (.gnu.version). */
5671 asection
*symver_sec
;
5672 /* Buffer large enough to hold contents of any section. */
5674 /* Buffer large enough to hold external relocs of any section. */
5675 void *external_relocs
;
5676 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal relocs of any section. */
5677 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
5678 /* Buffer large enough to hold external local symbols of any input
5680 bfd_byte
*external_syms
;
5681 /* And a buffer for symbol section indices. */
5682 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*locsym_shndx
;
5683 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal local symbols of any input
5685 Elf_Internal_Sym
*internal_syms
;
5686 /* Array large enough to hold a symbol index for each local symbol
5687 of any input BFD. */
5689 /* Array large enough to hold a section pointer for each local
5690 symbol of any input BFD. */
5691 asection
**sections
;
5692 /* Buffer to hold swapped out symbols. */
5694 /* And one for symbol section indices. */
5695 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*symshndxbuf
;
5696 /* Number of swapped out symbols in buffer. */
5697 size_t symbuf_count
;
5698 /* Number of symbols which fit in symbuf. */
5700 /* And same for symshndxbuf. */
5701 size_t shndxbuf_size
;
5704 /* This struct is used to pass information to elf_link_output_extsym. */
5706 struct elf_outext_info
5709 bfd_boolean localsyms
;
5710 struct elf_final_link_info
*finfo
;
5713 /* When performing a relocatable link, the input relocations are
5714 preserved. But, if they reference global symbols, the indices
5715 referenced must be updated. Update all the relocations in
5716 REL_HDR (there are COUNT of them), using the data in REL_HASH. */
5719 elf_link_adjust_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
5720 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
5722 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
)
5725 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5727 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
5728 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
5729 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
5732 if (rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
5734 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
5735 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
5737 else if (rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
5739 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
5740 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
5745 if (bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
> MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
)
5748 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
5755 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
5759 erela
= rel_hdr
->contents
;
5760 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, rel_hash
++, erela
+= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
5762 Elf_Internal_Rela irela
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
5765 if (*rel_hash
== NULL
)
5768 BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash
)->indx
>= 0);
5770 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
5771 for (j
= 0; j
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; j
++)
5772 irela
[j
].r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) (*rel_hash
)->indx
<< r_sym_shift
5773 | (irela
[j
].r_info
& r_type_mask
));
5774 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, irela
, erela
);
5778 struct elf_link_sort_rela
5784 enum elf_reloc_type_class type
;
5785 /* We use this as an array of size int_rels_per_ext_rel. */
5786 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
[1];
5790 elf_link_sort_cmp1 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
5792 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= A
;
5793 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= B
;
5794 int relativea
, relativeb
;
5796 relativea
= a
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
5797 relativeb
= b
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
5799 if (relativea
< relativeb
)
5801 if (relativea
> relativeb
)
5803 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) < (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
5805 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) > (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
5807 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
5809 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
5815 elf_link_sort_cmp2 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
5817 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= A
;
5818 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= B
;
5821 if (a
->u
.offset
< b
->u
.offset
)
5823 if (a
->u
.offset
> b
->u
.offset
)
5825 copya
= (a
->type
== reloc_class_copy
) * 2 + (a
->type
== reloc_class_plt
);
5826 copyb
= (b
->type
== reloc_class_copy
) * 2 + (b
->type
== reloc_class_plt
);
5831 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
5833 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
5839 elf_link_sort_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
**psec
)
5842 bfd_size_type count
, size
;
5843 size_t i
, ret
, sort_elt
, ext_size
;
5844 bfd_byte
*sort
, *s_non_relative
, *p
;
5845 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sq
;
5846 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5847 int i2e
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
5848 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
5849 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
5850 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
5853 reldyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.dyn");
5854 if (reldyn
== NULL
|| reldyn
->size
== 0)
5856 reldyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.dyn");
5857 if (reldyn
== NULL
|| reldyn
->size
== 0)
5859 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
5860 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
5861 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
5865 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
5866 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
5867 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
5869 count
= reldyn
->size
/ ext_size
;
5872 for (lo
= reldyn
->link_order_head
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
5873 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
5875 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
5879 if (size
!= reldyn
->size
)
5882 sort_elt
= (sizeof (struct elf_link_sort_rela
)
5883 + (i2e
- 1) * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
));
5884 sort
= bfd_zmalloc (sort_elt
* count
);
5887 (*info
->callbacks
->warning
)
5888 (info
, _("Not enough memory to sort relocations"), 0, abfd
, 0, 0);
5892 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
5893 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xff;
5895 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff;
5897 for (lo
= reldyn
->link_order_head
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
5898 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
5900 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
5901 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
5903 if (o
->contents
== NULL
&& o
->size
!= 0)
5905 /* This is a reloc section that is being handled as a normal
5906 section. See bfd_section_from_shdr. We can't combine
5907 relocs in this case. */
5912 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
5913 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
5914 while (erel
< erelend
)
5916 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
5917 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erel
, s
->rela
);
5918 s
->type
= (*bed
->elf_backend_reloc_type_class
) (s
->rela
);
5919 s
->u
.sym_mask
= r_sym_mask
;
5925 qsort (sort
, count
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp1
);
5927 for (i
= 0, p
= sort
; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
5929 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
5930 if (s
->type
!= reloc_class_relative
)
5936 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) s_non_relative
;
5937 for (; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
5939 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sp
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
5940 if (((sp
->rela
->r_info
^ sq
->rela
->r_info
) & r_sym_mask
) != 0)
5942 sp
->u
.offset
= sq
->rela
->r_offset
;
5945 qsort (s_non_relative
, count
- ret
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp2
);
5947 for (lo
= reldyn
->link_order_head
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
5948 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
5950 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
5951 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
5954 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
5955 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
5956 while (erel
< erelend
)
5958 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
5959 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, s
->rela
, erel
);
5970 /* Flush the output symbols to the file. */
5973 elf_link_flush_output_syms (struct elf_final_link_info
*finfo
,
5974 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
)
5976 if (finfo
->symbuf_count
> 0)
5978 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
5982 hdr
= &elf_tdata (finfo
->output_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5983 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
5984 amt
= finfo
->symbuf_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
5985 if (bfd_seek (finfo
->output_bfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5986 || bfd_bwrite (finfo
->symbuf
, amt
, finfo
->output_bfd
) != amt
)
5989 hdr
->sh_size
+= amt
;
5990 finfo
->symbuf_count
= 0;
5996 /* Add a symbol to the output symbol table. */
5999 elf_link_output_sym (struct elf_final_link_info
*finfo
,
6001 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
6002 asection
*input_sec
,
6003 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6006 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*destshndx
;
6007 bfd_boolean (*output_symbol_hook
)
6008 (struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
6009 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
6010 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6012 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (finfo
->output_bfd
);
6013 output_symbol_hook
= bed
->elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
;
6014 if (output_symbol_hook
!= NULL
)
6016 if (! (*output_symbol_hook
) (finfo
->info
, name
, elfsym
, input_sec
, h
))
6020 if (name
== NULL
|| *name
== '\0')
6021 elfsym
->st_name
= 0;
6022 else if (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
6023 elfsym
->st_name
= 0;
6026 elfsym
->st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (finfo
->symstrtab
,
6028 if (elfsym
->st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
6032 if (finfo
->symbuf_count
>= finfo
->symbuf_size
)
6034 if (! elf_link_flush_output_syms (finfo
, bed
))
6038 dest
= finfo
->symbuf
+ finfo
->symbuf_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6039 destshndx
= finfo
->symshndxbuf
;
6040 if (destshndx
!= NULL
)
6042 if (bfd_get_symcount (finfo
->output_bfd
) >= finfo
->shndxbuf_size
)
6046 amt
= finfo
->shndxbuf_size
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6047 finfo
->symshndxbuf
= destshndx
= bfd_realloc (destshndx
, amt
* 2);
6048 if (destshndx
== NULL
)
6050 memset ((char *) destshndx
+ amt
, 0, amt
);
6051 finfo
->shndxbuf_size
*= 2;
6053 destshndx
+= bfd_get_symcount (finfo
->output_bfd
);
6056 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (finfo
->output_bfd
, elfsym
, dest
, destshndx
);
6057 finfo
->symbuf_count
+= 1;
6058 bfd_get_symcount (finfo
->output_bfd
) += 1;
6063 /* For DSOs loaded in via a DT_NEEDED entry, emulate ld.so in
6064 allowing an unsatisfied unversioned symbol in the DSO to match a
6065 versioned symbol that would normally require an explicit version.
6066 We also handle the case that a DSO references a hidden symbol
6067 which may be satisfied by a versioned symbol in another DSO. */
6070 elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6071 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
6072 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6075 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*loaded
;
6077 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6080 switch (h
->root
.type
)
6086 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
6087 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
6088 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
6089 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
6090 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_DT_NEEDED
) == 0)
6094 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
6095 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
6096 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
6099 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
6100 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
6103 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
);
6105 for (loaded
= elf_hash_table (info
)->loaded
;
6107 loaded
= loaded
->next
)
6110 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6111 bfd_size_type symcount
;
6112 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
6113 bfd_size_type extsymoff
;
6114 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
6115 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6116 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
6117 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
6118 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
6119 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
;
6121 input
= loaded
->abfd
;
6123 /* We check each DSO for a possible hidden versioned definition. */
6125 || (input
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
6126 || elf_dynversym (input
) == 0)
6129 hdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
6131 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6132 if (elf_bad_symtab (input
))
6134 extsymcount
= symcount
;
6139 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
6140 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
6143 if (extsymcount
== 0)
6146 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
6148 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
6151 /* Read in any version definitions. */
6152 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynversym_hdr
;
6153 extversym
= bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
6154 if (extversym
== NULL
)
6157 if (bfd_seek (input
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6158 || (bfd_bread (extversym
, versymhdr
->sh_size
, input
)
6159 != versymhdr
->sh_size
))
6167 ever
= extversym
+ extsymoff
;
6168 isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
6169 for (isym
= isymbuf
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++, ever
++)
6172 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
6173 unsigned short version_index
;
6175 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
6176 || isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
6179 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input
,
6182 if (strcmp (name
, h
->root
.root
.string
) != 0)
6185 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (input
, ever
, &iver
);
6187 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0)
6189 /* If we have a non-hidden versioned sym, then it should
6190 have provided a definition for the undefined sym. */
6194 version_index
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
6195 if (version_index
== 1 || version_index
== 2)
6197 /* This is the base or first version. We can use it. */
6211 /* Add an external symbol to the symbol table. This is called from
6212 the hash table traversal routine. When generating a shared object,
6213 we go through the symbol table twice. The first time we output
6214 anything that might have been forced to local scope in a version
6215 script. The second time we output the symbols that are still
6219 elf_link_output_extsym (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
6221 struct elf_outext_info
*eoinfo
= data
;
6222 struct elf_final_link_info
*finfo
= eoinfo
->finfo
;
6224 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6225 asection
*input_sec
;
6226 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6228 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6230 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
6231 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
6235 /* Decide whether to output this symbol in this pass. */
6236 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
)
6238 if (!h
->forced_local
)
6243 if (h
->forced_local
)
6247 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (finfo
->output_bfd
);
6249 /* If we have an undefined symbol reference here then it must have
6250 come from a shared library that is being linked in. (Undefined
6251 references in regular files have already been handled). If we
6252 are reporting errors for this situation then do so now. */
6253 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6256 && ! elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (finfo
->info
, bed
, h
)
6257 && finfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
!= RM_IGNORE
)
6259 if (! ((*finfo
->info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
6260 (finfo
->info
, h
->root
.root
.string
, h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
,
6261 NULL
, 0, finfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)))
6263 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
6268 /* We should also warn if a forced local symbol is referenced from
6269 shared libraries. */
6270 if (! finfo
->info
->relocatable
6271 && (! finfo
->info
->shared
)
6276 && ! elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (finfo
->info
, bed
, h
))
6278 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6279 (_("%B: %s symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO"),
6280 finfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
,
6281 ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
6283 : ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
6284 ? "hidden" : "local",
6285 h
->root
.root
.string
);
6286 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
6290 /* We don't want to output symbols that have never been mentioned by
6291 a regular file, or that we have been told to strip. However, if
6292 h->indx is set to -2, the symbol is used by a reloc and we must
6296 else if ((h
->def_dynamic
6298 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
6302 else if (finfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
6304 else if (finfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
6305 && bfd_hash_lookup (finfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
6306 h
->root
.root
.string
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
6308 else if (finfo
->info
->strip_discarded
6309 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6310 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6311 && elf_discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
6316 /* If we're stripping it, and it's not a dynamic symbol, there's
6317 nothing else to do unless it is a forced local symbol. */
6320 && !h
->forced_local
)
6324 sym
.st_size
= h
->size
;
6325 sym
.st_other
= h
->other
;
6326 if (h
->forced_local
)
6327 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, h
->type
);
6328 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6329 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6330 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_WEAK
, h
->type
);
6332 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, h
->type
);
6334 switch (h
->root
.type
)
6337 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
6338 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
6342 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
6343 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
6344 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6345 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6348 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
6349 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
6351 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6352 if (input_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6355 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (finfo
->output_bfd
,
6356 input_sec
->output_section
);
6357 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
6359 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6360 (_("%B: could not find output section %A for input section %A"),
6361 finfo
->output_bfd
, input_sec
->output_section
, input_sec
);
6362 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
6366 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative,
6367 but in nonrelocatable files they are virtual
6369 sym
.st_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ input_sec
->output_offset
;
6370 if (! finfo
->info
->relocatable
)
6372 sym
.st_value
+= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
6373 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
6375 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS segment
6377 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
6378 sym
.st_value
-= elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
6384 BFD_ASSERT (input_sec
->owner
== NULL
6385 || (input_sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0);
6386 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6387 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6392 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
6393 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
6394 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_COMMON
;
6395 sym
.st_value
= 1 << h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
6398 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
6399 /* These symbols are created by symbol versioning. They point
6400 to the decorated version of the name. For example, if the
6401 symbol foo@@GNU_1.2 is the default, which should be used when
6402 foo is used with no version, then we add an indirect symbol
6403 foo which points to foo@@GNU_1.2. We ignore these symbols,
6404 since the indirected symbol is already in the hash table. */
6408 /* Give the processor backend a chance to tweak the symbol value,
6409 and also to finish up anything that needs to be done for this
6410 symbol. FIXME: Not calling elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol for
6411 forced local syms when non-shared is due to a historical quirk. */
6412 if ((h
->dynindx
!= -1
6414 && ((finfo
->info
->shared
6415 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
6416 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6417 || !h
->forced_local
)
6418 && elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6420 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol
)
6421 (finfo
->output_bfd
, finfo
->info
, h
, &sym
)))
6423 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
6428 /* If we are marking the symbol as undefined, and there are no
6429 non-weak references to this symbol from a regular object, then
6430 mark the symbol as weak undefined; if there are non-weak
6431 references, mark the symbol as strong. We can't do this earlier,
6432 because it might not be marked as undefined until the
6433 finish_dynamic_symbol routine gets through with it. */
6434 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
6436 && (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_GLOBAL
6437 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_WEAK
))
6441 if (h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
6442 bindtype
= STB_GLOBAL
;
6444 bindtype
= STB_WEAK
;
6445 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bindtype
, ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
));
6448 /* If a non-weak symbol with non-default visibility is not defined
6449 locally, it is a fatal error. */
6450 if (! finfo
->info
->relocatable
6451 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
6452 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_WEAK
6453 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6456 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6457 (_("%B: %s symbol `%s' isn't defined"),
6459 ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_PROTECTED
6461 : ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_INTERNAL
6462 ? "internal" : "hidden",
6463 h
->root
.root
.string
);
6464 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
6468 /* If this symbol should be put in the .dynsym section, then put it
6469 there now. We already know the symbol index. We also fill in
6470 the entry in the .hash section. */
6471 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1
6472 && elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6476 size_t hash_entry_size
;
6477 bfd_byte
*bucketpos
;
6481 sym
.st_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
6482 esym
= finfo
->dynsym_sec
->contents
+ h
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6483 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (finfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
, esym
, 0);
6485 bucketcount
= elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->bucketcount
;
6486 bucket
= h
->u
.elf_hash_value
% bucketcount
;
6488 = elf_section_data (finfo
->hash_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
6489 bucketpos
= ((bfd_byte
*) finfo
->hash_sec
->contents
6490 + (bucket
+ 2) * hash_entry_size
);
6491 chain
= bfd_get (8 * hash_entry_size
, finfo
->output_bfd
, bucketpos
);
6492 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, finfo
->output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
, bucketpos
);
6493 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, finfo
->output_bfd
, chain
,
6494 ((bfd_byte
*) finfo
->hash_sec
->contents
6495 + (bucketcount
+ 2 + h
->dynindx
) * hash_entry_size
));
6497 if (finfo
->symver_sec
!= NULL
&& finfo
->symver_sec
->contents
!= NULL
)
6499 Elf_Internal_Versym iversym
;
6500 Elf_External_Versym
*eversym
;
6502 if (!h
->def_regular
)
6504 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
)
6505 iversym
.vs_vers
= 0;
6507 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
6511 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
6512 iversym
.vs_vers
= 1;
6514 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.vertree
->vernum
+ 1;
6515 if (finfo
->info
->create_default_symver
)
6520 iversym
.vs_vers
|= VERSYM_HIDDEN
;
6522 eversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) finfo
->symver_sec
->contents
;
6523 eversym
+= h
->dynindx
;
6524 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (finfo
->output_bfd
, &iversym
, eversym
);
6528 /* If we're stripping it, then it was just a dynamic symbol, and
6529 there's nothing else to do. */
6530 if (strip
|| (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
6533 h
->indx
= bfd_get_symcount (finfo
->output_bfd
);
6535 if (! elf_link_output_sym (finfo
, h
->root
.root
.string
, &sym
, input_sec
, h
))
6537 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
6544 /* Return TRUE if special handling is done for relocs in SEC against
6545 symbols defined in discarded sections. */
6548 elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
6550 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6552 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
6554 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
6555 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
6561 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
6562 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
!= NULL
6563 && (*bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
) (sec
))
6569 enum action_discarded
6575 /* Return a mask saying how ld should treat relocations in SEC against
6576 symbols defined in discarded sections. If this function returns
6577 COMPLAIN set, ld will issue a warning message. If this function
6578 returns PRETEND set, and the discarded section was link-once and the
6579 same size as the kept link-once section, ld will pretend that the
6580 symbol was actually defined in the kept section. Otherwise ld will
6581 zero the reloc (at least that is the intent, but some cooperation by
6582 the target dependent code is needed, particularly for REL targets). */
6585 elf_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
6587 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
6590 if (strcmp (".eh_frame", sec
->name
) == 0)
6593 if (strcmp (".gcc_except_table", sec
->name
) == 0)
6596 if (strcmp (".PARISC.unwind", sec
->name
) == 0)
6599 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec
->name
) == 0)
6602 return COMPLAIN
| PRETEND
;
6605 /* Find a match between a section and a member of a section group. */
6608 match_group_member (asection
*sec
, asection
*group
)
6610 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (group
);
6611 asection
*s
= first
;
6615 if (bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (s
, sec
))
6625 /* Link an input file into the linker output file. This function
6626 handles all the sections and relocations of the input file at once.
6627 This is so that we only have to read the local symbols once, and
6628 don't have to keep them in memory. */
6631 elf_link_input_bfd (struct elf_final_link_info
*finfo
, bfd
*input_bfd
)
6633 bfd_boolean (*relocate_section
)
6634 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*,
6635 Elf_Internal_Rela
*, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**);
6637 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6640 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
6641 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6642 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
6644 asection
**ppsection
;
6646 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6647 bfd_boolean emit_relocs
;
6648 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
6650 output_bfd
= finfo
->output_bfd
;
6651 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6652 relocate_section
= bed
->elf_backend_relocate_section
;
6654 /* If this is a dynamic object, we don't want to do anything here:
6655 we don't want the local symbols, and we don't want the section
6657 if ((input_bfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6660 emit_relocs
= (finfo
->info
->relocatable
6661 || finfo
->info
->emitrelocations
6662 || bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs
);
6664 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6665 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
6667 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6672 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6673 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6676 /* Read the local symbols. */
6677 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
6678 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
6680 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
, 0,
6681 finfo
->internal_syms
,
6682 finfo
->external_syms
,
6683 finfo
->locsym_shndx
);
6684 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
6688 /* Find local symbol sections and adjust values of symbols in
6689 SEC_MERGE sections. Write out those local symbols we know are
6690 going into the output file. */
6691 isymend
= isymbuf
+ locsymcount
;
6692 for (isym
= isymbuf
, pindex
= finfo
->indices
, ppsection
= finfo
->sections
;
6694 isym
++, pindex
++, ppsection
++)
6698 Elf_Internal_Sym osym
;
6702 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
6704 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
6711 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
6712 isec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6713 else if (isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
6714 || isym
->st_shndx
> SHN_HIRESERVE
)
6716 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
6718 && isec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
6719 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
)
6721 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
, &isec
,
6722 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
,
6725 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
6726 isec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6727 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
6728 isec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
6737 /* Don't output the first, undefined, symbol. */
6738 if (ppsection
== finfo
->sections
)
6741 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
6743 /* We never output section symbols. Instead, we use the
6744 section symbol of the corresponding section in the output
6749 /* If we are stripping all symbols, we don't want to output this
6751 if (finfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
6754 /* If we are discarding all local symbols, we don't want to
6755 output this one. If we are generating a relocatable output
6756 file, then some of the local symbols may be required by
6757 relocs; we output them below as we discover that they are
6759 if (finfo
->info
->discard
== discard_all
)
6762 /* If this symbol is defined in a section which we are
6763 discarding, we don't need to keep it, but note that
6764 linker_mark is only reliable for sections that have contents.
6765 For the benefit of the MIPS ELF linker, we check SEC_EXCLUDE
6766 as well as linker_mark. */
6767 if ((isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
|| isym
->st_shndx
> SHN_HIRESERVE
)
6769 && ((! isec
->linker_mark
&& (isec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) != 0)
6770 || (! finfo
->info
->relocatable
6771 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)))
6774 /* Get the name of the symbol. */
6775 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
6780 /* See if we are discarding symbols with this name. */
6781 if ((finfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
6782 && (bfd_hash_lookup (finfo
->info
->keep_hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
)
6784 || (((finfo
->info
->discard
== discard_sec_merge
6785 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) && ! finfo
->info
->relocatable
)
6786 || finfo
->info
->discard
== discard_l
)
6787 && bfd_is_local_label_name (input_bfd
, name
)))
6790 /* If we get here, we are going to output this symbol. */
6794 /* Adjust the section index for the output file. */
6795 osym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
6796 isec
->output_section
);
6797 if (osym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
6800 *pindex
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
6802 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative, but
6803 in executable files they are virtual addresses. Note that
6804 this code assumes that all ELF sections have an associated
6805 BFD section with a reasonable value for output_offset; below
6806 we assume that they also have a reasonable value for
6807 output_section. Any special sections must be set up to meet
6808 these requirements. */
6809 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_offset
;
6810 if (! finfo
->info
->relocatable
)
6812 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_section
->vma
;
6813 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (osym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
6815 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS segment base. */
6816 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
6817 osym
.st_value
-= elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
6821 if (! elf_link_output_sym (finfo
, name
, &osym
, isec
, NULL
))
6825 /* Relocate the contents of each section. */
6826 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
6827 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
6831 if (! o
->linker_mark
)
6833 /* This section was omitted from the link. */
6837 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
6838 || (o
->size
== 0 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0))
6841 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
6843 /* Section was created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections
6848 /* Get the contents of the section. They have been cached by a
6849 relaxation routine. Note that o is a section in an input
6850 file, so the contents field will not have been set by any of
6851 the routines which work on output files. */
6852 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
6853 contents
= elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
6856 bfd_size_type amt
= o
->rawsize
? o
->rawsize
: o
->size
;
6858 contents
= finfo
->contents
;
6859 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, o
, contents
, 0, amt
))
6863 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
6865 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
6866 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
6869 /* Get the swapped relocs. */
6871 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, o
, finfo
->external_relocs
,
6872 finfo
->internal_relocs
, FALSE
);
6873 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
6874 && o
->reloc_count
> 0)
6877 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
6884 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
6888 /* Run through the relocs looking for any against symbols
6889 from discarded sections and section symbols from
6890 removed link-once sections. Complain about relocs
6891 against discarded sections. Zero relocs against removed
6892 link-once sections. Preserve debug information as much
6894 if (!elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (o
))
6896 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
6897 unsigned int action
= elf_action_discarded (o
);
6899 rel
= internal_relocs
;
6900 relend
= rel
+ o
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6901 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
6903 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
6904 asection
**ps
, *sec
;
6905 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
6906 const char *sym_name
;
6908 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
6911 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
6912 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
6913 && finfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
6915 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
6916 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6917 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6918 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
6920 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
6921 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6924 ps
= &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6925 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
6929 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
6930 ps
= &finfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
6931 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
);
6934 /* Complain if the definition comes from a
6935 discarded section. */
6936 if ((sec
= *ps
) != NULL
&& elf_discarded_section (sec
))
6940 BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx
!= 0);
6941 if (action
& COMPLAIN
)
6943 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6944 (_("`%s' referenced in section `%A' of %B: "
6945 "defined in discarded section `%A' of %B\n"),
6946 o
, input_bfd
, sec
, sec
->owner
, sym_name
);
6949 /* Try to do the best we can to support buggy old
6950 versions of gcc. If we've warned, or this is
6951 debugging info, pretend that the symbol is
6952 really defined in the kept linkonce section.
6953 FIXME: This is quite broken. Modifying the
6954 symbol here means we will be changing all later
6955 uses of the symbol, not just in this section.
6956 The only thing that makes this half reasonable
6957 is that we warn in non-debug sections, and
6958 debug sections tend to come after other
6960 kept
= sec
->kept_section
;
6961 if (kept
!= NULL
&& (action
& PRETEND
))
6963 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
6964 kept
= match_group_member (sec
, kept
);
6966 && sec
->size
== kept
->size
)
6973 /* Remove the symbol reference from the reloc, but
6974 don't kill the reloc completely. This is so that
6975 a zero value will be written into the section,
6976 which may have non-zero contents put there by the
6977 assembler. Zero in things like an eh_frame fde
6978 pc_begin allows stack unwinders to recognize the
6980 rel
->r_info
&= r_type_mask
;
6986 /* Relocate the section by invoking a back end routine.
6988 The back end routine is responsible for adjusting the
6989 section contents as necessary, and (if using Rela relocs
6990 and generating a relocatable output file) adjusting the
6991 reloc addend as necessary.
6993 The back end routine does not have to worry about setting
6994 the reloc address or the reloc symbol index.
6996 The back end routine is given a pointer to the swapped in
6997 internal symbols, and can access the hash table entries
6998 for the external symbols via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
7000 When generating relocatable output, the back end routine
7001 must handle STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The
7002 output symbol is going to be a section symbol
7003 corresponding to the output section, which will require
7004 the addend to be adjusted. */
7006 if (! (*relocate_section
) (output_bfd
, finfo
->info
,
7007 input_bfd
, o
, contents
,
7015 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
7016 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
;
7017 bfd_vma last_offset
;
7018 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
;
7019 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
, *input_rel_hdr2
;
7020 unsigned int next_erel
;
7021 bfd_boolean (*reloc_emitter
)
7022 (bfd
*, asection
*, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
7023 bfd_boolean rela_normal
;
7025 input_rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr
;
7026 rela_normal
= (bed
->rela_normal
7027 && (input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
7028 == bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
));
7030 /* Adjust the reloc addresses and symbol indices. */
7032 irela
= internal_relocs
;
7033 irelaend
= irela
+ o
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
7034 rel_hash
= (elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->rel_hashes
7035 + elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->rel_count
7036 + elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->rel_count2
);
7037 last_offset
= o
->output_offset
;
7038 if (!finfo
->info
->relocatable
)
7039 last_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
7040 for (next_erel
= 0; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++, next_erel
++)
7042 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7044 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
7046 if (next_erel
== bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
7052 irela
->r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
,
7055 if (irela
->r_offset
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
7057 /* This is a reloc for a deleted entry or somesuch.
7058 Turn it into an R_*_NONE reloc, at the same
7059 offset as the last reloc. elf_eh_frame.c and
7060 elf_bfd_discard_info rely on reloc offsets
7062 irela
->r_offset
= last_offset
;
7064 irela
->r_addend
= 0;
7068 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_offset
;
7070 /* Relocs in an executable have to be virtual addresses. */
7071 if (!finfo
->info
->relocatable
)
7072 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
7074 last_offset
= irela
->r_offset
;
7076 r_symndx
= irela
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
7077 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
7080 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
7081 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
7082 && finfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
7084 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
7087 /* This is a reloc against a global symbol. We
7088 have not yet output all the local symbols, so
7089 we do not know the symbol index of any global
7090 symbol. We set the rel_hash entry for this
7091 reloc to point to the global hash table entry
7092 for this symbol. The symbol index is then
7093 set at the end of bfd_elf_final_link. */
7094 indx
= r_symndx
- extsymoff
;
7095 rh
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
)[indx
];
7096 while (rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7097 || rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
7098 rh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) rh
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
7100 /* Setting the index to -2 tells
7101 elf_link_output_extsym that this symbol is
7103 BFD_ASSERT (rh
->indx
< 0);
7111 /* This is a reloc against a local symbol. */
7114 sym
= isymbuf
[r_symndx
];
7115 sec
= finfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
7116 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
7118 /* I suppose the backend ought to fill in the
7119 section of any STT_SECTION symbol against a
7120 processor specific section. */
7122 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
7124 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
7126 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7131 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
7133 /* If we have discarded a section, the output
7134 section will be the absolute section. In
7135 case of discarded link-once and discarded
7136 SEC_MERGE sections, use the kept section. */
7137 if (bfd_is_abs_section (osec
)
7138 && sec
->kept_section
!= NULL
7139 && sec
->kept_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7141 osec
= sec
->kept_section
->output_section
;
7142 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
7145 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (osec
))
7147 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
7148 BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx
!= 0);
7152 /* Adjust the addend according to where the
7153 section winds up in the output section. */
7155 irela
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_offset
;
7159 if (finfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] == -1)
7161 unsigned long shlink
;
7165 if (finfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
7167 /* You can't do ld -r -s. */
7168 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7172 /* This symbol was skipped earlier, but
7173 since it is needed by a reloc, we
7174 must output it now. */
7175 shlink
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
7176 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
7177 (input_bfd
, shlink
, sym
.st_name
));
7181 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
7183 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
7185 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
7188 sym
.st_value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
7189 if (! finfo
->info
->relocatable
)
7191 sym
.st_value
+= osec
->vma
;
7192 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
7194 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS
7196 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)
7198 sym
.st_value
-= (elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)
7203 finfo
->indices
[r_symndx
]
7204 = bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
7206 if (! elf_link_output_sym (finfo
, name
, &sym
, sec
,
7211 r_symndx
= finfo
->indices
[r_symndx
];
7214 irela
->r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) r_symndx
<< r_sym_shift
7215 | (irela
->r_info
& r_type_mask
));
7218 /* Swap out the relocs. */
7219 if (bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs
7220 && !(finfo
->info
->relocatable
7221 || finfo
->info
->emitrelocations
))
7222 reloc_emitter
= bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs
;
7224 reloc_emitter
= _bfd_elf_link_output_relocs
;
7226 if (input_rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0
7227 && ! (*reloc_emitter
) (output_bfd
, o
, input_rel_hdr
,
7231 input_rel_hdr2
= elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
;
7232 if (input_rel_hdr2
&& input_rel_hdr2
->sh_size
!= 0)
7234 internal_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
7235 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
7236 if (! (*reloc_emitter
) (output_bfd
, o
, input_rel_hdr2
,
7243 /* Write out the modified section contents. */
7244 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_section
7245 && (*bed
->elf_backend_write_section
) (output_bfd
, o
, contents
))
7247 /* Section written out. */
7249 else switch (o
->sec_info_type
)
7251 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
7252 if (! (_bfd_write_section_stabs
7254 &elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->stab_info
,
7255 o
, &elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
, contents
)))
7258 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
:
7259 if (! _bfd_write_merged_section (output_bfd
, o
,
7260 elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
))
7263 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
7265 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, finfo
->info
,
7272 if (! (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
7273 && ! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, o
->output_section
,
7275 (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
,
7286 /* Generate a reloc when linking an ELF file. This is a reloc
7287 requested by the linker, and does come from any input file. This
7288 is used to build constructor and destructor tables when linking
7292 elf_reloc_link_order (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7293 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7294 asection
*output_section
,
7295 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
)
7297 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7301 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_ptr
;
7302 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7303 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7304 Elf_Internal_Rela irel
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
7308 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->reloc
);
7311 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7315 addend
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->addend
;
7317 /* Figure out the symbol index. */
7318 rel_hash_ptr
= (elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_hashes
7319 + elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_count
7320 + elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_count2
);
7321 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
7323 indx
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
->target_index
;
7324 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
7325 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
7329 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7331 /* Treat a reloc against a defined symbol as though it were
7332 actually against the section. */
7333 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
7334 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd
, info
,
7335 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
,
7336 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
7338 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7339 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
7343 section
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
7344 indx
= section
->output_section
->target_index
;
7345 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
7346 /* It seems that we ought to add the symbol value to the
7347 addend here, but in practice it has already been added
7348 because it was passed to constructor_callback. */
7349 addend
+= section
->output_section
->vma
+ section
->output_offset
;
7353 /* Setting the index to -2 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
7354 this symbol is used by a reloc. */
7361 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->unattached_reloc
)
7362 (info
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
, NULL
, NULL
, 0)))
7368 /* If this is an inplace reloc, we must write the addend into the
7370 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& addend
!= 0)
7373 bfd_reloc_status_type rstat
;
7376 const char *sym_name
;
7378 size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
7379 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (size
);
7382 rstat
= _bfd_relocate_contents (howto
, output_bfd
, addend
, buf
);
7389 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
7392 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
7393 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
7394 sym_name
= bfd_section_name (output_bfd
,
7395 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
);
7397 sym_name
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
;
7398 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
7399 (info
, NULL
, sym_name
, howto
->name
, addend
, NULL
,
7400 NULL
, (bfd_vma
) 0)))
7407 ok
= bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, output_section
, buf
,
7408 link_order
->offset
, size
);
7414 /* The address of a reloc is relative to the section in a
7415 relocatable file, and is a virtual address in an executable
7417 offset
= link_order
->offset
;
7418 if (! info
->relocatable
)
7419 offset
+= output_section
->vma
;
7421 for (i
= 0; i
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; i
++)
7423 irel
[i
].r_offset
= offset
;
7425 irel
[i
].r_addend
= 0;
7427 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
7428 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
7430 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
7432 rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_hdr
;
7433 erel
= rel_hdr
->contents
;
7434 if (rel_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
7436 erel
+= (elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_count
7437 * bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
7438 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
7442 irel
[0].r_addend
= addend
;
7443 erel
+= (elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_count
7444 * bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
);
7445 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
7448 ++elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_count
;
7454 /* Get the output vma of the section pointed to by the sh_link field. */
7457 elf_get_linked_section_vma (struct bfd_link_order
*p
)
7459 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**elf_shdrp
;
7463 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
7464 elf_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (s
->owner
);
7465 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (s
->owner
, s
);
7466 elfsec
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
7468 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
7469 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set theh sh_link or
7470 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
7471 where elfsec is 0. */
7474 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
7475 = get_elf_backend_data (s
->owner
);
7476 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
7477 bed
->link_order_error_handler
7478 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), s
->owner
, s
);
7483 s
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->bfd_section
;
7484 return s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
7489 /* Compare two sections based on the locations of the sections they are
7490 linked to. Used by elf_fixup_link_order. */
7493 compare_link_order (const void * a
, const void * b
)
7498 apos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)a
);
7499 bpos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)b
);
7506 /* Looks for sections with SHF_LINK_ORDER set. Rearranges them into the same
7507 order as their linked sections. Returns false if this could not be done
7508 because an output section includes both ordered and unordered
7509 sections. Ideally we'd do this in the linker proper. */
7512 elf_fixup_link_order (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*o
)
7517 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
7519 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7521 struct bfd_link_order
**sections
;
7527 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
7529 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
7530 && (bfd_get_flavour ((sub
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
))
7531 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7532 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
)
7534 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
7535 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (sub
, s
);
7537 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
)
7546 if (!seen_linkorder
)
7549 if (seen_other
&& seen_linkorder
)
7551 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%A has both ordered and unordered sections"),
7553 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7557 sections
= (struct bfd_link_order
**)
7558 xmalloc (seen_linkorder
* sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*));
7561 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
7563 sections
[seen_linkorder
++] = p
;
7565 /* Sort the input sections in the order of their linked section. */
7566 qsort (sections
, seen_linkorder
, sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*),
7567 compare_link_order
);
7569 /* Change the offsets of the sections. */
7571 for (n
= 0; n
< seen_linkorder
; n
++)
7573 s
= sections
[n
]->u
.indirect
.section
;
7574 offset
&= ~(bfd_vma
)((1 << s
->alignment_power
) - 1);
7575 s
->output_offset
= offset
;
7576 sections
[n
]->offset
= offset
;
7577 offset
+= sections
[n
]->size
;
7584 /* Do the final step of an ELF link. */
7587 bfd_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7589 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
7590 bfd_boolean emit_relocs
;
7592 struct elf_final_link_info finfo
;
7593 register asection
*o
;
7594 register struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
7596 bfd_size_type max_contents_size
;
7597 bfd_size_type max_external_reloc_size
;
7598 bfd_size_type max_internal_reloc_count
;
7599 bfd_size_type max_sym_count
;
7600 bfd_size_type max_sym_shndx_count
;
7602 Elf_Internal_Sym elfsym
;
7604 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7605 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
7606 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
7607 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7608 struct elf_outext_info eoinfo
;
7610 size_t relativecount
= 0;
7611 asection
*reldyn
= 0;
7614 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7618 abfd
->flags
|= DYNAMIC
;
7620 dynamic
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
7621 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7623 emit_relocs
= (info
->relocatable
7624 || info
->emitrelocations
7625 || bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs
);
7628 finfo
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
7629 finfo
.symstrtab
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
7630 if (finfo
.symstrtab
== NULL
)
7635 finfo
.dynsym_sec
= NULL
;
7636 finfo
.hash_sec
= NULL
;
7637 finfo
.symver_sec
= NULL
;
7641 finfo
.dynsym_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynsym");
7642 finfo
.hash_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".hash");
7643 BFD_ASSERT (finfo
.dynsym_sec
!= NULL
&& finfo
.hash_sec
!= NULL
);
7644 finfo
.symver_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
7645 /* Note that it is OK if symver_sec is NULL. */
7648 finfo
.contents
= NULL
;
7649 finfo
.external_relocs
= NULL
;
7650 finfo
.internal_relocs
= NULL
;
7651 finfo
.external_syms
= NULL
;
7652 finfo
.locsym_shndx
= NULL
;
7653 finfo
.internal_syms
= NULL
;
7654 finfo
.indices
= NULL
;
7655 finfo
.sections
= NULL
;
7656 finfo
.symbuf
= NULL
;
7657 finfo
.symshndxbuf
= NULL
;
7658 finfo
.symbuf_count
= 0;
7659 finfo
.shndxbuf_size
= 0;
7661 /* Count up the number of relocations we will output for each output
7662 section, so that we know the sizes of the reloc sections. We
7663 also figure out some maximum sizes. */
7664 max_contents_size
= 0;
7665 max_external_reloc_size
= 0;
7666 max_internal_reloc_count
= 0;
7668 max_sym_shndx_count
= 0;
7670 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
7672 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
7675 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
7677 unsigned int reloc_count
= 0;
7678 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
= NULL
;
7679 unsigned int *rel_count1
;
7681 if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
7682 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
7684 else if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
7688 sec
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
7689 esdi
= elf_section_data (sec
);
7691 /* Mark all sections which are to be included in the
7692 link. This will normally be every section. We need
7693 to do this so that we can identify any sections which
7694 the linker has decided to not include. */
7695 sec
->linker_mark
= TRUE
;
7697 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
7700 if (info
->relocatable
|| info
->emitrelocations
)
7701 reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
7702 else if (bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
)
7704 Elf_Internal_Rela
* relocs
;
7706 relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7709 reloc_count
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
) (sec
, relocs
);
7711 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= relocs
)
7715 if (sec
->rawsize
> max_contents_size
)
7716 max_contents_size
= sec
->rawsize
;
7717 if (sec
->size
> max_contents_size
)
7718 max_contents_size
= sec
->size
;
7720 /* We are interested in just local symbols, not all
7722 if (bfd_get_flavour (sec
->owner
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7723 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
7727 if (elf_bad_symtab (sec
->owner
))
7728 sym_count
= (elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
7729 / bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
7731 sym_count
= elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
7733 if (sym_count
> max_sym_count
)
7734 max_sym_count
= sym_count
;
7736 if (sym_count
> max_sym_shndx_count
7737 && elf_symtab_shndx (sec
->owner
) != 0)
7738 max_sym_shndx_count
= sym_count
;
7740 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
7744 ext_size
= elf_section_data (sec
)->rel_hdr
.sh_size
;
7745 if (ext_size
> max_external_reloc_size
)
7746 max_external_reloc_size
= ext_size
;
7747 if (sec
->reloc_count
> max_internal_reloc_count
)
7748 max_internal_reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
7753 if (reloc_count
== 0)
7756 o
->reloc_count
+= reloc_count
;
7758 /* MIPS may have a mix of REL and RELA relocs on sections.
7759 To support this curious ABI we keep reloc counts in
7760 elf_section_data too. We must be careful to add the
7761 relocations from the input section to the right output
7762 count. FIXME: Get rid of one count. We have
7763 o->reloc_count == esdo->rel_count + esdo->rel_count2. */
7764 rel_count1
= &esdo
->rel_count
;
7767 bfd_boolean same_size
;
7768 bfd_size_type entsize1
;
7770 entsize1
= esdi
->rel_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
7771 BFD_ASSERT (entsize1
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
7772 || entsize1
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
);
7773 same_size
= !o
->use_rela_p
== (entsize1
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
7776 rel_count1
= &esdo
->rel_count2
;
7778 if (esdi
->rel_hdr2
!= NULL
)
7780 bfd_size_type entsize2
= esdi
->rel_hdr2
->sh_entsize
;
7781 unsigned int alt_count
;
7782 unsigned int *rel_count2
;
7784 BFD_ASSERT (entsize2
!= entsize1
7785 && (entsize2
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
7786 || entsize2
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
));
7788 rel_count2
= &esdo
->rel_count2
;
7790 rel_count2
= &esdo
->rel_count
;
7792 /* The following is probably too simplistic if the
7793 backend counts output relocs unusually. */
7794 BFD_ASSERT (bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
== NULL
);
7795 alt_count
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel_hdr2
);
7796 *rel_count2
+= alt_count
;
7797 reloc_count
-= alt_count
;
7800 *rel_count1
+= reloc_count
;
7803 if (o
->reloc_count
> 0)
7804 o
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
7807 /* Explicitly clear the SEC_RELOC flag. The linker tends to
7808 set it (this is probably a bug) and if it is set
7809 assign_section_numbers will create a reloc section. */
7810 o
->flags
&=~ SEC_RELOC
;
7813 /* If the SEC_ALLOC flag is not set, force the section VMA to
7814 zero. This is done in elf_fake_sections as well, but forcing
7815 the VMA to 0 here will ensure that relocs against these
7816 sections are handled correctly. */
7817 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
7818 && ! o
->user_set_vma
)
7822 if (! info
->relocatable
&& merged
)
7823 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7824 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms
, abfd
);
7826 /* Figure out the file positions for everything but the symbol table
7827 and the relocs. We set symcount to force assign_section_numbers
7828 to create a symbol table. */
7829 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = info
->strip
== strip_all
? 0 : 1;
7830 BFD_ASSERT (! abfd
->output_has_begun
);
7831 if (! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, info
))
7834 /* Set sizes, and assign file positions for reloc sections. */
7835 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
7837 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
7839 if (!(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section
7840 (abfd
, &elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr
, o
)))
7843 if (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
7844 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section
7845 (abfd
, elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
, o
)))
7849 /* Now, reset REL_COUNT and REL_COUNT2 so that we can use them
7850 to count upwards while actually outputting the relocations. */
7851 elf_section_data (o
)->rel_count
= 0;
7852 elf_section_data (o
)->rel_count2
= 0;
7855 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd
);
7857 /* We have now assigned file positions for all the sections except
7858 .symtab and .strtab. We start the .symtab section at the current
7859 file position, and write directly to it. We build the .strtab
7860 section in memory. */
7861 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = 0;
7862 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7863 /* sh_name is set in prep_headers. */
7864 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
7865 /* sh_flags, sh_addr and sh_size all start off zero. */
7866 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7867 /* sh_link is set in assign_section_numbers. */
7868 /* sh_info is set below. */
7869 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
7870 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
7872 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
7873 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
7875 /* Note that at this point elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos is
7876 incorrect. We do not yet know the size of the .symtab section.
7877 We correct next_file_pos below, after we do know the size. */
7879 /* Allocate a buffer to hold swapped out symbols. This is to avoid
7880 continuously seeking to the right position in the file. */
7881 if (! info
->keep_memory
|| max_sym_count
< 20)
7882 finfo
.symbuf_size
= 20;
7884 finfo
.symbuf_size
= max_sym_count
;
7885 amt
= finfo
.symbuf_size
;
7886 amt
*= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7887 finfo
.symbuf
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
7888 if (finfo
.symbuf
== NULL
)
7890 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > SHN_LORESERVE
)
7892 /* Wild guess at number of output symbols. realloc'd as needed. */
7893 amt
= 2 * max_sym_count
+ elf_numsections (abfd
) + 1000;
7894 finfo
.shndxbuf_size
= amt
;
7895 amt
*= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7896 finfo
.symshndxbuf
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
7897 if (finfo
.symshndxbuf
== NULL
)
7901 /* Start writing out the symbol table. The first symbol is always a
7903 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
7906 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
7909 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
7910 elfsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
7911 if (! elf_link_output_sym (&finfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, bfd_und_section_ptr
,
7916 /* Output a symbol for each section. We output these even if we are
7917 discarding local symbols, since they are used for relocs. These
7918 symbols have no names. We store the index of each one in the
7919 index field of the section, so that we can find it again when
7920 outputting relocs. */
7921 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
7925 elfsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7926 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
7927 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
7929 o
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, i
);
7931 o
->target_index
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
7932 elfsym
.st_shndx
= i
;
7933 if (info
->relocatable
|| o
== NULL
)
7934 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
7936 elfsym
.st_value
= o
->vma
;
7937 if (! elf_link_output_sym (&finfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, o
, NULL
))
7939 if (i
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
7940 i
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
7944 /* Allocate some memory to hold information read in from the input
7946 if (max_contents_size
!= 0)
7948 finfo
.contents
= bfd_malloc (max_contents_size
);
7949 if (finfo
.contents
== NULL
)
7953 if (max_external_reloc_size
!= 0)
7955 finfo
.external_relocs
= bfd_malloc (max_external_reloc_size
);
7956 if (finfo
.external_relocs
== NULL
)
7960 if (max_internal_reloc_count
!= 0)
7962 amt
= max_internal_reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
7963 amt
*= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
7964 finfo
.internal_relocs
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
7965 if (finfo
.internal_relocs
== NULL
)
7969 if (max_sym_count
!= 0)
7971 amt
= max_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7972 finfo
.external_syms
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
7973 if (finfo
.external_syms
== NULL
)
7976 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
);
7977 finfo
.internal_syms
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
7978 if (finfo
.internal_syms
== NULL
)
7981 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (long);
7982 finfo
.indices
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
7983 if (finfo
.indices
== NULL
)
7986 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7987 finfo
.sections
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
7988 if (finfo
.sections
== NULL
)
7992 if (max_sym_shndx_count
!= 0)
7994 amt
= max_sym_shndx_count
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7995 finfo
.locsym_shndx
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
7996 if (finfo
.locsym_shndx
== NULL
)
8000 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
)
8002 bfd_vma base
, end
= 0;
8005 for (sec
= elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
;
8006 sec
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
8009 bfd_vma size
= sec
->size
;
8011 if (size
== 0 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
8013 struct bfd_link_order
*o
;
8015 for (o
= sec
->link_order_head
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8016 if (size
< o
->offset
+ o
->size
)
8017 size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
8019 end
= sec
->vma
+ size
;
8021 base
= elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
8022 end
= align_power (end
, elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->alignment_power
);
8023 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_size
= end
- base
;
8026 /* Reorder SHF_LINK_ORDER sections. */
8027 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8029 if (!elf_fixup_link_order (abfd
, o
))
8033 /* Since ELF permits relocations to be against local symbols, we
8034 must have the local symbols available when we do the relocations.
8035 Since we would rather only read the local symbols once, and we
8036 would rather not keep them in memory, we handle all the
8037 relocations for a single input file at the same time.
8039 Unfortunately, there is no way to know the total number of local
8040 symbols until we have seen all of them, and the local symbol
8041 indices precede the global symbol indices. This means that when
8042 we are generating relocatable output, and we see a reloc against
8043 a global symbol, we can not know the symbol index until we have
8044 finished examining all the local symbols to see which ones we are
8045 going to output. To deal with this, we keep the relocations in
8046 memory, and don't output them until the end of the link. This is
8047 an unfortunate waste of memory, but I don't see a good way around
8048 it. Fortunately, it only happens when performing a relocatable
8049 link, which is not the common case. FIXME: If keep_memory is set
8050 we could write the relocs out and then read them again; I don't
8051 know how bad the memory loss will be. */
8053 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
8054 sub
->output_has_begun
= FALSE
;
8055 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8057 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8059 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
8060 && (bfd_get_flavour ((sub
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
))
8061 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8062 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
)
8064 if (! sub
->output_has_begun
)
8066 if (! elf_link_input_bfd (&finfo
, sub
))
8068 sub
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
8071 else if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
8072 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
8074 if (! elf_reloc_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
8079 if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
8085 /* Output any global symbols that got converted to local in a
8086 version script or due to symbol visibility. We do this in a
8087 separate step since ELF requires all local symbols to appear
8088 prior to any global symbols. FIXME: We should only do this if
8089 some global symbols were, in fact, converted to become local.
8090 FIXME: Will this work correctly with the Irix 5 linker? */
8091 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
8092 eoinfo
.finfo
= &finfo
;
8093 eoinfo
.localsyms
= TRUE
;
8094 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_link_output_extsym
,
8099 /* That wrote out all the local symbols. Finish up the symbol table
8100 with the global symbols. Even if we want to strip everything we
8101 can, we still need to deal with those global symbols that got
8102 converted to local in a version script. */
8104 /* The sh_info field records the index of the first non local symbol. */
8105 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
8108 && finfo
.dynsym_sec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
8110 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8111 bfd_byte
*dynsym
= finfo
.dynsym_sec
->contents
;
8112 long last_local
= 0;
8114 /* Write out the section symbols for the output sections. */
8121 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8124 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8130 dynindx
= elf_section_data (s
)->dynindx
;
8133 indx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
8134 BFD_ASSERT (indx
> 0);
8135 sym
.st_shndx
= indx
;
8136 sym
.st_value
= s
->vma
;
8137 dest
= dynsym
+ dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8138 if (last_local
< dynindx
)
8139 last_local
= dynindx
;
8140 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
8144 /* Write out the local dynsyms. */
8145 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
8147 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
8148 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
8153 sym
.st_size
= e
->isym
.st_size
;
8154 sym
.st_other
= e
->isym
.st_other
;
8156 /* Copy the internal symbol as is.
8157 Note that we saved a word of storage and overwrote
8158 the original st_name with the dynstr_index. */
8161 if (e
->isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
8162 && (e
->isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
8163 || e
->isym
.st_shndx
> SHN_HIRESERVE
))
8165 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (e
->input_bfd
,
8169 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_idx
;
8170 sym
.st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
8172 + e
->isym
.st_value
);
8175 if (last_local
< e
->dynindx
)
8176 last_local
= e
->dynindx
;
8178 dest
= dynsym
+ e
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8179 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
8183 elf_section_data (finfo
.dynsym_sec
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
=
8187 /* We get the global symbols from the hash table. */
8188 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
8189 eoinfo
.localsyms
= FALSE
;
8190 eoinfo
.finfo
= &finfo
;
8191 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_link_output_extsym
,
8196 /* If backend needs to output some symbols not present in the hash
8197 table, do it now. */
8198 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
8200 typedef bfd_boolean (*out_sym_func
)
8201 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
8202 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
8204 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
8205 (abfd
, info
, &finfo
, (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_sym
)))
8209 /* Flush all symbols to the file. */
8210 if (! elf_link_flush_output_syms (&finfo
, bed
))
8213 /* Now we know the size of the symtab section. */
8214 off
+= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
;
8216 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
8217 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
8219 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
8220 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8221 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8222 amt
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8223 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
8225 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_shndx_hdr
,
8228 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8229 || (bfd_bwrite (finfo
.symshndxbuf
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
))
8234 /* Finish up and write out the symbol string table (.strtab)
8236 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
8237 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
8238 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8239 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
8240 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
8241 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (finfo
.symstrtab
);
8242 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
8243 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
8244 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
8245 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
8246 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
8248 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symstrtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
8249 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
8251 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
8253 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symstrtab_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8254 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, finfo
.symstrtab
))
8258 /* Adjust the relocs to have the correct symbol indices. */
8259 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8261 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
8264 elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, &elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr
,
8265 elf_section_data (o
)->rel_count
,
8266 elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
);
8267 if (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
!= NULL
)
8268 elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
,
8269 elf_section_data (o
)->rel_count2
,
8270 (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
8271 + elf_section_data (o
)->rel_count
));
8273 /* Set the reloc_count field to 0 to prevent write_relocs from
8274 trying to swap the relocs out itself. */
8278 if (dynamic
&& info
->combreloc
&& dynobj
!= NULL
)
8279 relativecount
= elf_link_sort_relocs (abfd
, info
, &reldyn
);
8281 /* If we are linking against a dynamic object, or generating a
8282 shared library, finish up the dynamic linking information. */
8285 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
8287 /* Fix up .dynamic entries. */
8288 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
8289 BFD_ASSERT (o
!= NULL
);
8291 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
8292 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
8293 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
8295 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
8299 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
8306 if (relativecount
> 0 && dyncon
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
< dynconend
)
8308 switch (elf_section_data (reldyn
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
8310 case SHT_REL
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELCOUNT
; break;
8311 case SHT_RELA
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELACOUNT
; break;
8314 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= relativecount
;
8321 name
= info
->init_function
;
8324 name
= info
->fini_function
;
8327 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8329 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
,
8330 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8332 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8333 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
8335 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8336 o
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
8337 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
)
8338 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
+= (o
->output_section
->vma
8339 + o
->output_offset
);
8342 /* The symbol is imported from another shared
8343 library and does not apply to this one. */
8351 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
:
8352 name
= ".preinit_array";
8354 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
:
8355 name
= ".init_array";
8357 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
:
8358 name
= ".fini_array";
8360 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
8363 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8364 (_("%B: could not find output section %s"), abfd
, name
);
8368 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8369 (_("warning: %s section has zero size"), name
);
8370 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= o
->size
;
8373 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
8374 name
= ".preinit_array";
8377 name
= ".init_array";
8380 name
= ".fini_array";
8393 name
= ".gnu.version_d";
8396 name
= ".gnu.version_r";
8399 name
= ".gnu.version";
8401 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
8404 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8405 (_("%B: could not find output section %s"), abfd
, name
);
8408 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= o
->vma
;
8415 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_REL
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
)
8420 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
8422 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8424 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
8425 if (hdr
->sh_type
== type
8426 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
8428 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELASZ
)
8429 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
8432 if (dyn
.d_un
.d_val
== 0
8433 || hdr
->sh_addr
< dyn
.d_un
.d_val
)
8434 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= hdr
->sh_addr
;
8440 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
8444 /* If we have created any dynamic sections, then output them. */
8447 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
8450 for (o
= dynobj
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8452 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
8454 || o
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
8456 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
8458 /* At this point, we are only interested in sections
8459 created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections. */
8462 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
.stabstr
== o
)
8464 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->eh_info
.hdr_sec
== o
)
8466 if ((elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
8468 || strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), ".dynstr") != 0)
8470 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, o
->output_section
,
8472 (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
,
8478 /* The contents of the .dynstr section are actually in a
8480 off
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_offset
;
8481 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, off
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8482 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
,
8483 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
))
8489 if (info
->relocatable
)
8491 bfd_boolean failed
= FALSE
;
8493 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
8498 /* If we have optimized stabs strings, output them. */
8499 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
.stabstr
!= NULL
)
8501 if (! _bfd_write_stab_strings (abfd
, &elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
))
8505 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr
)
8507 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
, info
))
8511 if (finfo
.symstrtab
!= NULL
)
8512 _bfd_stringtab_free (finfo
.symstrtab
);
8513 if (finfo
.contents
!= NULL
)
8514 free (finfo
.contents
);
8515 if (finfo
.external_relocs
!= NULL
)
8516 free (finfo
.external_relocs
);
8517 if (finfo
.internal_relocs
!= NULL
)
8518 free (finfo
.internal_relocs
);
8519 if (finfo
.external_syms
!= NULL
)
8520 free (finfo
.external_syms
);
8521 if (finfo
.locsym_shndx
!= NULL
)
8522 free (finfo
.locsym_shndx
);
8523 if (finfo
.internal_syms
!= NULL
)
8524 free (finfo
.internal_syms
);
8525 if (finfo
.indices
!= NULL
)
8526 free (finfo
.indices
);
8527 if (finfo
.sections
!= NULL
)
8528 free (finfo
.sections
);
8529 if (finfo
.symbuf
!= NULL
)
8530 free (finfo
.symbuf
);
8531 if (finfo
.symshndxbuf
!= NULL
)
8532 free (finfo
.symshndxbuf
);
8533 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8535 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
8536 && elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
!= NULL
)
8537 free (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
);
8540 elf_tdata (abfd
)->linker
= TRUE
;
8545 if (finfo
.symstrtab
!= NULL
)
8546 _bfd_stringtab_free (finfo
.symstrtab
);
8547 if (finfo
.contents
!= NULL
)
8548 free (finfo
.contents
);
8549 if (finfo
.external_relocs
!= NULL
)
8550 free (finfo
.external_relocs
);
8551 if (finfo
.internal_relocs
!= NULL
)
8552 free (finfo
.internal_relocs
);
8553 if (finfo
.external_syms
!= NULL
)
8554 free (finfo
.external_syms
);
8555 if (finfo
.locsym_shndx
!= NULL
)
8556 free (finfo
.locsym_shndx
);
8557 if (finfo
.internal_syms
!= NULL
)
8558 free (finfo
.internal_syms
);
8559 if (finfo
.indices
!= NULL
)
8560 free (finfo
.indices
);
8561 if (finfo
.sections
!= NULL
)
8562 free (finfo
.sections
);
8563 if (finfo
.symbuf
!= NULL
)
8564 free (finfo
.symbuf
);
8565 if (finfo
.symshndxbuf
!= NULL
)
8566 free (finfo
.symshndxbuf
);
8567 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8569 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
8570 && elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
!= NULL
)
8571 free (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
);
8577 /* Garbage collect unused sections. */
8579 /* The mark phase of garbage collection. For a given section, mark
8580 it and any sections in this section's group, and all the sections
8581 which define symbols to which it refers. */
8583 typedef asection
* (*gc_mark_hook_fn
)
8584 (asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
8585 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, Elf_Internal_Sym
*);
8588 _bfd_elf_gc_mark (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8590 gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
8593 asection
*group_sec
;
8597 /* Mark all the sections in the group. */
8598 group_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->next_in_group
;
8599 if (group_sec
&& !group_sec
->gc_mark
)
8600 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, group_sec
, gc_mark_hook
))
8603 /* Look through the section relocs. */
8605 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && sec
->reloc_count
> 0)
8607 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
8608 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8609 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
8612 bfd
*input_bfd
= sec
->owner
;
8613 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
);
8614 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
= NULL
;
8617 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8618 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
8620 /* Read the local symbols. */
8621 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
8623 nlocsyms
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8627 extsymoff
= nlocsyms
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8629 isym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
8630 if (isym
== NULL
&& nlocsyms
!= 0)
8632 isym
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, nlocsyms
, 0,
8638 /* Read the relocations. */
8639 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8641 if (relstart
== NULL
)
8646 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8648 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8653 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
8655 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8657 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8659 r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
8663 if (r_symndx
>= nlocsyms
8664 || ELF_ST_BIND (isym
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
8666 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
8667 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8668 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8669 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8670 rsec
= (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, NULL
);
8674 rsec
= (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, rel
, NULL
, &isym
[r_symndx
]);
8677 if (rsec
&& !rsec
->gc_mark
)
8679 if (bfd_get_flavour (rsec
->owner
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8681 else if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, rsec
, gc_mark_hook
))
8690 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8693 if (isym
!= NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isym
)
8695 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
8698 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isym
;
8705 /* Sweep symbols in swept sections. Called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
8708 elf_gc_sweep_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *idxptr
)
8712 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8713 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8715 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1
8716 && ((h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
8717 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8718 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
))
8719 h
->dynindx
= (*idx
)++;
8724 /* The sweep phase of garbage collection. Remove all garbage sections. */
8726 typedef bfd_boolean (*gc_sweep_hook_fn
)
8727 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, asection
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8730 elf_gc_sweep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, gc_sweep_hook_fn gc_sweep_hook
)
8734 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
8738 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8741 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8743 /* Keep debug and special sections. */
8744 if ((o
->flags
& (SEC_DEBUGGING
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != 0
8745 || (o
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
)) == 0)
8751 /* Skip sweeping sections already excluded. */
8752 if (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
8755 /* Since this is early in the link process, it is simple
8756 to remove a section from the output. */
8757 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8759 /* But we also have to update some of the relocation
8760 info we collected before. */
8762 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) && o
->reloc_count
> 0)
8764 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
8768 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (o
->owner
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8770 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
8773 r
= (*gc_sweep_hook
) (o
->owner
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
8775 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
8776 free (internal_relocs
);
8784 /* Remove the symbols that were in the swept sections from the dynamic
8785 symbol table. GCFIXME: Anyone know how to get them out of the
8786 static symbol table as well? */
8790 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_gc_sweep_symbol
, &i
);
8792 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
= i
;
8798 /* Propagate collected vtable information. This is called through
8799 elf_link_hash_traverse. */
8802 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
8804 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8805 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8807 /* Those that are not vtables. */
8808 if (h
->vtable
== NULL
|| h
->vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
8811 /* Those vtables that do not have parents, we cannot merge. */
8812 if (h
->vtable
->parent
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
8815 /* If we've already been done, exit. */
8816 if (h
->vtable
->used
&& h
->vtable
->used
[-1])
8819 /* Make sure the parent's table is up to date. */
8820 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (h
->vtable
->parent
, okp
);
8822 if (h
->vtable
->used
== NULL
)
8824 /* None of this table's entries were referenced. Re-use the
8826 h
->vtable
->used
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->used
;
8827 h
->vtable
->size
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->size
;
8832 bfd_boolean
*cu
, *pu
;
8834 /* Or the parent's entries into ours. */
8835 cu
= h
->vtable
->used
;
8837 pu
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->used
;
8840 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8841 unsigned int log_file_align
;
8843 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
);
8844 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
8845 n
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
;
8860 elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
8863 bfd_vma hstart
, hend
;
8864 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *relend
, *rel
;
8865 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8866 unsigned int log_file_align
;
8868 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8869 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8871 /* Take care of both those symbols that do not describe vtables as
8872 well as those that are not loaded. */
8873 if (h
->vtable
== NULL
|| h
->vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
8876 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8877 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
8879 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
8880 hstart
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8881 hend
= hstart
+ h
->size
;
8883 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (sec
->owner
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
8885 return *(bfd_boolean
*) okp
= FALSE
;
8886 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
8887 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
8889 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8891 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
8892 if (rel
->r_offset
>= hstart
&& rel
->r_offset
< hend
)
8894 /* If the entry is in use, do nothing. */
8896 && (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) < h
->vtable
->size
)
8898 bfd_vma entry
= (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) >> log_file_align
;
8899 if (h
->vtable
->used
[entry
])
8902 /* Otherwise, kill it. */
8903 rel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_info
= rel
->r_addend
= 0;
8909 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. This is called
8910 through elf_link_hash_traverse. */
8913 elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
8914 void *okp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8916 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8917 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8919 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8920 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8922 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8927 /* Do mark and sweep of unused sections. */
8930 bfd_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8932 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
8934 asection
* (*gc_mark_hook
)
8935 (asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
8936 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*);
8938 if (!get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_gc_sections
8939 || info
->relocatable
8940 || info
->emitrelocations
8942 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
8944 (*_bfd_error_handler
)(_("Warning: gc-sections option ignored"));
8948 /* Apply transitive closure to the vtable entry usage info. */
8949 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
8950 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used
,
8955 /* Kill the vtable relocations that were not used. */
8956 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
8957 elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs
,
8962 /* Mark dynamically referenced symbols. */
8963 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8964 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
8965 elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref_symbol
,
8970 /* Grovel through relocs to find out who stays ... */
8971 gc_mark_hook
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->gc_mark_hook
;
8972 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
8976 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8979 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8981 if (o
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
)
8983 /* _bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame knows how to discard
8984 orphaned FDEs so don't mark sections referenced by the
8985 EH frame section. */
8986 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".eh_frame") == 0)
8988 else if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
8994 /* ... and mark SEC_EXCLUDE for those that go. */
8995 if (!elf_gc_sweep (info
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->gc_sweep_hook
))
9001 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTINHERIT reloc. */
9004 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (bfd
*abfd
,
9006 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9009 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
, **sym_hashes_end
;
9010 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**search
, *child
;
9011 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
9012 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9014 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
9015 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
9017 extsymcount
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9018 if (!elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
9019 extsymcount
-= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
9021 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
9022 sym_hashes_end
= sym_hashes
+ extsymcount
;
9024 /* Hunt down the child symbol, which is in this section at the same
9025 offset as the relocation. */
9026 for (search
= sym_hashes
; search
!= sym_hashes_end
; ++search
)
9028 if ((child
= *search
) != NULL
9029 && (child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9030 || child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9031 && child
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
9032 && child
->root
.u
.def
.value
== offset
)
9036 (*_bfd_error_handler
) ("%B: %A+%lu: No symbol found for INHERIT",
9037 abfd
, sec
, (unsigned long) offset
);
9038 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9044 child
->vtable
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*child
->vtable
));
9050 /* This *should* only be the absolute section. It could potentially
9051 be that someone has defined a non-global vtable though, which
9052 would be bad. It isn't worth paging in the local symbols to be
9053 sure though; that case should simply be handled by the assembler. */
9055 child
->vtable
->parent
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
9058 child
->vtable
->parent
= h
;
9063 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTENTRY reloc. */
9066 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9067 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9068 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9071 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9072 unsigned int log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
9076 h
->vtable
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*h
->vtable
));
9081 if (addend
>= h
->vtable
->size
)
9083 size_t size
, bytes
, file_align
;
9084 bfd_boolean
*ptr
= h
->vtable
->used
;
9086 /* While the symbol is undefined, we have to be prepared to handle
9088 file_align
= 1 << log_file_align
;
9089 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9090 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
9096 /* Oops! We've got a reference past the defined end of
9097 the table. This is probably a bug -- shall we warn? */
9098 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
9101 size
= (size
+ file_align
- 1) & -file_align
;
9103 /* Allocate one extra entry for use as a "done" flag for the
9104 consolidation pass. */
9105 bytes
= ((size
>> log_file_align
) + 1) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
9109 ptr
= bfd_realloc (ptr
- 1, bytes
);
9115 oldbytes
= (((h
->vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
) + 1)
9116 * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
9117 memset (((char *) ptr
) + oldbytes
, 0, bytes
- oldbytes
);
9121 ptr
= bfd_zmalloc (bytes
);
9126 /* And arrange for that done flag to be at index -1. */
9127 h
->vtable
->used
= ptr
+ 1;
9128 h
->vtable
->size
= size
;
9131 h
->vtable
->used
[addend
>> log_file_align
] = TRUE
;
9136 struct alloc_got_off_arg
{
9138 unsigned int got_elt_size
;
9141 /* We need a special top-level link routine to convert got reference counts
9142 to real got offsets. */
9145 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *arg
)
9147 struct alloc_got_off_arg
*gofarg
= arg
;
9149 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9150 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9152 if (h
->got
.refcount
> 0)
9154 h
->got
.offset
= gofarg
->gotoff
;
9155 gofarg
->gotoff
+= gofarg
->got_elt_size
;
9158 h
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
9163 /* And an accompanying bit to work out final got entry offsets once
9164 we're done. Should be called from final_link. */
9167 bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (bfd
*abfd
,
9168 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9171 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9173 unsigned int got_elt_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
9174 struct alloc_got_off_arg gofarg
;
9176 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
9179 /* The GOT offset is relative to the .got section, but the GOT header is
9180 put into the .got.plt section, if the backend uses it. */
9181 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
9184 gotoff
= bed
->got_header_size
;
9186 /* Do the local .got entries first. */
9187 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link_next
)
9189 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
9190 bfd_size_type j
, locsymcount
;
9191 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9193 if (bfd_get_flavour (i
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9196 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (i
);
9200 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (i
)->symtab_hdr
;
9201 if (elf_bad_symtab (i
))
9202 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9204 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9206 for (j
= 0; j
< locsymcount
; ++j
)
9208 if (local_got
[j
] > 0)
9210 local_got
[j
] = gotoff
;
9211 gotoff
+= got_elt_size
;
9214 local_got
[j
] = (bfd_vma
) -1;
9218 /* Then the global .got entries. .plt refcounts are handled by
9219 adjust_dynamic_symbol */
9220 gofarg
.gotoff
= gotoff
;
9221 gofarg
.got_elt_size
= got_elt_size
;
9222 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
9223 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets
,
9228 /* Many folk need no more in the way of final link than this, once
9229 got entry reference counting is enabled. */
9232 bfd_elf_gc_common_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9234 if (!bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (abfd
, info
))
9237 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
9238 return bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
);
9242 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (bfd_vma offset
, void *cookie
)
9244 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*rcookie
= cookie
;
9246 if (rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
9247 rcookie
->rel
= rcookie
->rels
;
9249 for (; rcookie
->rel
< rcookie
->relend
; rcookie
->rel
++)
9251 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9253 if (! rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
9254 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
> offset
)
9256 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
!= offset
)
9259 r_symndx
= rcookie
->rel
->r_info
>> rcookie
->r_sym_shift
;
9260 if (r_symndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
9263 if (r_symndx
>= rcookie
->locsymcount
9264 || ELF_ST_BIND (rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
9266 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9268 h
= rcookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- rcookie
->extsymoff
];
9270 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9271 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9272 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9274 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9275 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9276 && elf_discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
9283 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
9284 but it could be a relocation against a local
9285 symbol for a discarded section. */
9287 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
9289 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
9290 isym
= &rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
9291 if (isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
|| isym
->st_shndx
> SHN_HIRESERVE
)
9293 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (rcookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
9294 if (isec
!= NULL
&& elf_discarded_section (isec
))
9303 /* Discard unneeded references to discarded sections.
9304 Returns TRUE if any section's size was changed. */
9305 /* This function assumes that the relocations are in sorted order,
9306 which is true for all known assemblers. */
9309 bfd_elf_discard_info (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9311 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
9312 asection
*stab
, *eh
;
9313 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9314 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9317 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
9319 if (info
->traditional_format
9320 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
9323 for (abfd
= info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link_next
)
9325 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9328 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9330 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
9333 eh
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".eh_frame");
9334 if (info
->relocatable
9337 || bfd_is_abs_section (eh
->output_section
))))
9340 stab
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".stab");
9343 || bfd_is_abs_section (stab
->output_section
)
9344 || stab
->sec_info_type
!= ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
))
9349 && bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
== NULL
)
9352 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9354 cookie
.sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
9355 cookie
.bad_symtab
= elf_bad_symtab (abfd
);
9356 if (cookie
.bad_symtab
)
9358 cookie
.locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9359 cookie
.extsymoff
= 0;
9363 cookie
.locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9364 cookie
.extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9367 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
9368 cookie
.r_sym_shift
= 8;
9370 cookie
.r_sym_shift
= 32;
9372 cookie
.locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
9373 if (cookie
.locsyms
== NULL
&& cookie
.locsymcount
!= 0)
9375 cookie
.locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
9376 cookie
.locsymcount
, 0,
9378 if (cookie
.locsyms
== NULL
)
9385 count
= stab
->reloc_count
;
9387 cookie
.rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, stab
, NULL
, NULL
,
9389 if (cookie
.rels
!= NULL
)
9391 cookie
.rel
= cookie
.rels
;
9392 cookie
.relend
= cookie
.rels
;
9393 cookie
.relend
+= count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9394 if (_bfd_discard_section_stabs (abfd
, stab
,
9395 elf_section_data (stab
)->sec_info
,
9396 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
9399 if (elf_section_data (stab
)->relocs
!= cookie
.rels
)
9407 count
= eh
->reloc_count
;
9409 cookie
.rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, eh
, NULL
, NULL
,
9411 cookie
.rel
= cookie
.rels
;
9412 cookie
.relend
= cookie
.rels
;
9413 if (cookie
.rels
!= NULL
)
9414 cookie
.relend
+= count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9416 if (_bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, eh
,
9417 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
9421 if (cookie
.rels
!= NULL
9422 && elf_section_data (eh
)->relocs
!= cookie
.rels
)
9426 if (bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
!= NULL
9427 && (*bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
) (abfd
, &cookie
, info
))
9430 if (cookie
.locsyms
!= NULL
9431 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) cookie
.locsyms
)
9433 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
9434 free (cookie
.locsyms
);
9436 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) cookie
.locsyms
;
9440 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr
9441 && !info
->relocatable
9442 && _bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame_hdr (output_bfd
, info
))
9449 _bfd_elf_section_already_linked (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
* sec
)
9452 const char *name
, *p
;
9453 struct bfd_section_already_linked
*l
;
9454 struct bfd_section_already_linked_hash_entry
*already_linked_list
;
9457 /* A single member comdat group section may be discarded by a
9458 linkonce section. See below. */
9459 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9464 /* Check if it belongs to a section group. */
9465 group
= elf_sec_group (sec
);
9467 /* Return if it isn't a linkonce section nor a member of a group. A
9468 comdat group section also has SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
9469 if ((flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
) == 0 && group
== NULL
)
9474 /* If this is the member of a single member comdat group, check if
9475 the group should be discarded. */
9476 if (elf_next_in_group (sec
) == sec
9477 && (group
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
) != 0)
9483 /* FIXME: When doing a relocatable link, we may have trouble
9484 copying relocations in other sections that refer to local symbols
9485 in the section being discarded. Those relocations will have to
9486 be converted somehow; as of this writing I'm not sure that any of
9487 the backends handle that correctly.
9489 It is tempting to instead not discard link once sections when
9490 doing a relocatable link (technically, they should be discarded
9491 whenever we are building constructors). However, that fails,
9492 because the linker winds up combining all the link once sections
9493 into a single large link once section, which defeats the purpose
9494 of having link once sections in the first place.
9496 Also, not merging link once sections in a relocatable link
9497 causes trouble for MIPS ELF, which relies on link once semantics
9498 to handle the .reginfo section correctly. */
9500 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
9502 if (strncmp (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.", sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.") - 1) == 0
9503 && (p
= strchr (name
+ sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.") - 1, '.')) != NULL
)
9508 already_linked_list
= bfd_section_already_linked_table_lookup (p
);
9510 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
9512 /* We may have 3 different sections on the list: group section,
9513 comdat section and linkonce section. SEC may be a linkonce or
9514 group section. We match a group section with a group section,
9515 a linkonce section with a linkonce section, and ignore comdat
9517 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
9518 && strcmp (name
, l
->sec
->name
) == 0
9519 && bfd_coff_get_comdat_section (l
->sec
->owner
, l
->sec
) == NULL
)
9521 /* The section has already been linked. See if we should
9523 switch (flags
& SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
)
9528 case SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
:
9531 case SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_ONE_ONLY
:
9532 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9533 (_("%B: ignoring duplicate section `%A'\n"),
9537 case SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
:
9538 if (sec
->size
!= l
->sec
->size
)
9539 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9540 (_("%B: duplicate section `%A' has different size\n"),
9544 case SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_CONTENTS
:
9545 if (sec
->size
!= l
->sec
->size
)
9546 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9547 (_("%B: duplicate section `%A' has different size\n"),
9549 else if (sec
->size
!= 0)
9551 bfd_byte
*sec_contents
, *l_sec_contents
;
9553 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &sec_contents
))
9554 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9555 (_("%B: warning: could not read contents of section `%A'\n"),
9557 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (l
->sec
->owner
, l
->sec
,
9559 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9560 (_("%B: warning: could not read contents of section `%A'\n"),
9561 l
->sec
->owner
, l
->sec
);
9562 else if (memcmp (sec_contents
, l_sec_contents
, sec
->size
) != 0)
9563 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9564 (_("%B: warning: duplicate section `%A' has different contents\n"),
9568 free (sec_contents
);
9570 free (l_sec_contents
);
9575 /* Set the output_section field so that lang_add_section
9576 does not create a lang_input_section structure for this
9577 section. Since there might be a symbol in the section
9578 being discarded, we must retain a pointer to the section
9579 which we are really going to use. */
9580 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
9581 sec
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
9583 if (flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
9585 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
9586 asection
*s
= first
;
9590 s
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
9591 /* Record which group discards it. */
9592 s
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
9593 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
9594 /* These lists are circular. */
9606 /* If this is the member of a single member comdat group and the
9607 group hasn't be discarded, we check if it matches a linkonce
9608 section. We only record the discarded comdat group. Otherwise
9609 the undiscarded group will be discarded incorrectly later since
9610 itself has been recorded. */
9611 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
9612 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
9613 && bfd_coff_get_comdat_section (l
->sec
->owner
, l
->sec
) == NULL
9614 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (l
->sec
,
9615 elf_next_in_group (sec
)))
9617 elf_next_in_group (sec
)->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
9618 elf_next_in_group (sec
)->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
9619 group
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
9626 /* There is no direct match. But for linkonce section, we should
9627 check if there is a match with comdat group member. We always
9628 record the linkonce section, discarded or not. */
9629 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
9630 if (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
9632 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (l
->sec
);
9635 && elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
9636 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (first
, sec
))
9638 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
9639 sec
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
9644 /* This is the first section with this name. Record it. */
9645 bfd_section_already_linked_table_insert (already_linked_list
, sec
);